Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
urban planning bradford
Citation preview
Local Development Framework for Bradford
Evidence Base
Bradford District Local InfrastructureBaseline Study
Working Draft
October 2011
1
This page is intentionally left blank
Bradford District Local Infrastructure Baseline Study
(Working Draft)
October 2011
LDF Group, Planning Services 8th Floor Jacob’s Well
Bradford BD1 5RW
2
CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMERY 06
1. INTRODUCTION 07
1.1 Overview 07
1.2 Bradford- setting the context 08
1.3 A Spatial picture of the District 09
1.4 The Big Plan – our place 11
1.5 Methodology 11
1.6 Scope of Work 16
2. INFRASTRUCTURE BASELINE ANALYSIS
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 20
1. Transport Infrastructure 20
• Road Network
• Rail Network and Major Stations
• Bus and Coach Services
• Taxis And Flexible Transport
• Airports
• Cycling and Pedestrian Facilities
• Public Rights of Way
• Car Parking
• Petrol Service Stations
• Vehicle Testing Stations
• Driving Test Centres
• Canals
2. Major Transport Issues and Infrastructure Gaps 39
3. Transport Strategy and Delivery 42
4. Leeds City Region Transport Strategy 45
5. Energy Transmission and Distribution Network 47
• Gas
• Electricity
• Overall Capacity- Gas and Electricity
• Decentralised and Renewable or Low Carbon Energy/Wind Power
3
6. Water and Drainage 54
• Water Supply and Treatment
• Flood Defences
• Drainage
7. Waste Production and Management 65
• Waste Collection, Treatment and Disposal Services
• Waste Composition
• Recycling and Composting in Bradford
• Future of Waste in Bradford to 2021
8. Information Technology and Communication 77
• Broadband and Wireless
• Telecommunication
• Mobile Phone Coverage
• Public Phones
9. Public Realm 82
• Footways
• Street Furniture
10. Historic legacy 82
• Listed Buildings
• Conservation Areas
• Potential Conservation Areas
• World Heritage Site
GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE 86
1. Parks and Gardens 86
2. Children’s Play Areas 87
3. Sports Pitches and Courts 88
4. Openspace Forests and Woodlands 101
5. Allotments 102
6. Village Green 104
7. Open Country 105
8. Registered Common Land 105
4
9. Green Corridors 106
• Footpaths and Public Right of Way
• Roads and Footways
• River Corridors
• Canal Corridors
10. Historic Landscapes 108
• Parks and Gardens
• Scheduled Ancient Monuments
• Historic Battlefields
• Heritage At Risk
SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE 112
1. Housing 112
• Social Housing
• Stock Information
• Affordable Housing Requirements
2. Education 119
• Nursery and pre school
• Primary Schools
• Secondary Schools
• School Places
• Further Education
• Higher Education
• Children’s Services
• Children’s Centre
• Special Needs and Disability
3. Employment 130
• Job centre plus
• Local Benefit/Tax Offices
4. Health 130
• NHS Bradford and Airedale
• Bradford Teaching Hospital NHS Foundation Trust
• Airedale NHS Trust
• Bradford District Care Trust
• Public Health and Prevention
5. Gypsies and Travellers Accommodation 155
5
6. Community Services 157
• Post Offices
• Libraries
• Community Centres
• Youth Services
• Social services/over 50s Support
• Police
• Fire
• Ambulance
• Cemeteries and Crematoria
• Courts
• Prisons
• Hostels
• Places of Worship
7. Culture and Leisure 182
• Museums/Galleries
• Theatres
• Cinemas
• Ten Pin Bowling Alleys, Casinos, Bingo Halls
• Sports and Recreation Facilities
• Festivals and Town Centre Programmes
• Markets
• Food Stores
3. NEXT STEPS 195
Appendices
Appendix 1
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Appendix 4
6
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Bradford District Local Infrastructure Baseline Study is produced to support the Local
Infrastructure Plan (LIP) which will form part of the evidence base informing the preparation
of policies of the Local Development Framework (LDF). The LDF will play an important role
in delivering the vision set out in the The Big Plan - Sustainable Community Strategy for
Bradford District.
The purpose of this report is to provide an infrastructure assessment for the District. This has
included working in partnership with physical, green, social & community infrastructure
providers to establish what infrastructure provision there is in Bradford District, and
identifying any gaps or capacity issues within this existing provision.
In order to ensure that the study was robust the methodology was developed using guidance
documents from Communities and Local Government and the Planning Advisory Service
and review of other similar infrastructure plans. The combination of research techniques
applied included consultation in the form of workshops, individual meetings and telephone
interviews, analysis of statistical data, and a review of existing and emerging studies.
The scope of facilities that have been investigated as part of this infrastructure capacity
assessment includes the following Physical Infrastructure, Green Infrastructure, and Social &
Community Infrastructure. This is to ensure that the Local Infrastructure Plan embraces all
matters necessary for the achievement of LDF policies, proposals and aspirations.
The next stage of the Local Infrastructure Plan will involve an assessment of what
infrastructure will be required to support development within the District over the plan period,
who will provide it and how. This will be undertaken via the preparation of the Local
Infrastructure Plan.
This will require joint working with key partners including external organisations as the
implementation of infrastructure solutions often falls to an agency other than the local
planning authority. There will also be ongoing work with the infrastructure providers and the
Local strategic Partnership to ensure that their priorities are properly reflected and that there
is a mechanism to potentially influence priorities of different infrastructure providers.
The Local Infrastructure Plan will aid all parties to identify and prioritise infrastructure
provision as part of an integrated approach to planning and infrastructure development and
delivery. This will ensure services can match demand and that growth is sustainable.
The framework to be produced and to be incorporated into the Core Strategy will give a clear
steer on who is responsible for implementing policies and proposals, by when and the
resources that will be required. This approach will give greater confidence in the
deliverability of the LDF for Bradford District.
7
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Overview
It is important that the polices and proposals of the Core Strategy DPD and the Local
Infrastructure Plan (LIP) are based on an up-to-date, robust and reliable evidence base to
ensure a thorough understanding of the needs, opportunities and any constraints of the
area.
An assessment of infrastructure has to be led by an overall vision for the development of the
District as expressed in the Sustainable Community Strategy and Core Strategy.
Comprehensive and integrated infrastructure planning however cannot be undertaken
without knowledge of the existing provisions and gaps, likely future requirements as well as
the standards and forecasting criteria used by the infrastructure providers. The infrastructure
planning process thus also provides an appropriate forum for integrated decision making
around land use planning by unlocking opportunities for sustainable development and
achieving innovative funding and delivery mechanisms.
This Local Infrastructure Baseline Study (draft) has therefore been produced to set out the
current infrastructure context in the district, by achieving a basic knowledge and
understanding of the issues relating to the provision of infrastructure. This will inform the
emerging Core Strategy and identify how the Council and its key partners intend to
implement the LDF and deliver the associated infrastructure requirements.
This report provides a picture of the District in terms of key infrastructure issues and also
their spatial relevance. It covers physical, social and green infrastructure in Bradford, in
order to ensure that it embraces all matters necessary for the achievement of LDF policies,
proposals and aspirations. It draws on a range of information about the important aspects of
the District including housing, the local economy, environment, transportation and
community facilities including schools, shopping and sporting facilities that form the evidence
base for the local infrastructure planning process.
In accordance with good practice advice by the Planning Advisory Service (PAS), including
the online Plan Making Manual, the Council considers the gathering of evidence as an
iterative process which must be continued throughout the plan preparation process. The
reason for this is because the evidence is key to other aspects of plan production including,
Sustainability Appraisal, Infrastructure Planning and Delivery, Options Generation and
Community Engagement. The Local Infrastructure Baseline Study has therefore been
deliberately left in ‘Draft’ format and will be supplemented with additional information during
the course of the preparation of the Core Strategy DPD. As part of the ongoing consultation
process, the report will be made publicly available to all consultees for comments and
review.
8
1.2 Bradford – setting the context
Bradford is a City in West Yorkshire, England. It lies amongst the Pennines, 8.6miles
(13.8km) west of Leeds city centre. Bradford is surrounded by several smaller settlements
which together form the City of Bradford Metropolitan District.
Bradford is the sixth largest city in the UK, by population size, and the fourth largest
Metropolitan District in England. Population projections for the District show annual growth in
the population of 4,000 per year to 2028 - making Bradford the fastest growing Metropolitan
District outside London. Bradford also has a relatively young population, in 2004, Bradford
had the lowest average age population of all major urban areas in the North of England at
34.8 years.
Bradford’s economic performance has seen some improvements in terms of output (GVA)
and number of jobs, although the rate of improvement has not matched regional or national
growth. Future developments in the District will boost economic performance as the District
is predicted (Source: Experian Regional Econometric Model) to have the fastest growing
economy in the region over the next 10 years.
Bradford retains a significant manufacturing sector (the third largest in the UK) but recent job
losses in the face of global competition and economic slump have strengthened the need to
diversify the economic base in Bradford.
Today's fastest growing employment sectors are the professional, commercial and service
industries - including tourism. Bradford's reputation as a base for high technology, scientific
and computer based industries is growing, building on long traditions of innovation, skills and
quality products.
Several major companies have head offices based in the District including Wm Morrison plc,
Otto UK (Freemans and Grattan), Hallmark Cards UK, Redcats UK (Empire Direct, La
Redcoute, Vertbaudet and Daxon) and three of the UK’s largest financial institutions -
Yorkshire Building Society, Bradford & Bingley Building Society and Provident Financial.
The University of Bradford has leading national research departments in management,
peace studies and archaeology, health and medical sectors and has strong links to industry
and the community. The University’s School of Management is ranked 8th
in Europe. In 2006,
the University was ranked 2nd in the UK for graduate employment.
Bradford has a strong cultural offer. Saltaire model village is one of only two World Heritage
Sites in Yorkshire and includes the world’s largest collection of works by the artist David
Hockney. Haworth and Bronte Country attracts visitors from all over the world while the
National Media Museum in the city centre is the most visited museum outside London.
Bradford District covers 143 square miles of which around 60% is classified as rural,
stretching over parts of the Airedale and Wharfedale Valleys and the Pennine Hills and
9
Moors. Despite the districts areas of open countryside, Bradford, along with Leeds, has the
highest population density of the West Yorkshire districts at 1290 people/km2.
Due to the heterogeneous nature of the geography and population of the district, many
challenges will be posed to both service providers and commissioners of services to ensure
that the needs of residents are both identified and met.
1.3 A Spatial Picture of the District
Bradford is a diverse District with sharp contrasts and challenges. This section sets out
under several themes the spatial picture of the District together with key facts as an
indication of where the District is at present.
Structure and Growth
Key facts
Area: 370 km2
Total Population : 501,700 (ONS 2008 mid year estimate)
Population Growth (ONS 2006 based population projections):
2015 – 555,000 people
2020 – 589,000 people
2030 – 649,000 people
Age group (ONS 2008 based population projections):
Children (0-15): 22.5%
Working age (16-64M/59F) : 61.5%
Older people (65M/60F and over): 16%
Age and Gender (2001 Census):
Male 48.1%
Female 51.9%
26% up to age 18
15% aged 65 or over
Ethnic mix (2001 Census):
White 78.3%
Asian or Asian British 18.9%
Mixed 1.5%
Chinese or Other 1.0%
Black or Black British 0.9%
10
Bradford is a major metropolitan authority located within the West Yorkshire conurbation. It is
in a key location within the Leeds City Region and also has good links to the North West and
the Manchester City Region. The District covers an area of approximately 370 km2.
However, unlike many other metropolitan areas, it is not one of unrelieved development, but
a mixture of urban and country areas with distinctive and attractive landscapes. The
administrative boundaries and major settlements of the district are shown in the figure below.
Figure: Administrative boundaries and major settlements within West Yorkshire
Around one third of the District is built up and the population is approaching half a million
people. The main urban area of the District is comprised of the City of Bradford. Along the
Aire Valley (Airedale) to the north of Bradford City are Shipley and several freestanding
towns of Keighley, Bingley and Silsden and the smaller settlement of Steeton with Eastburn.
To the north of Airedale within Wharfedale are the freestanding town of Ilkley and the smaller
settlements of Menston, and Burley In Wharfedale, as well as the village of Addingham. The
rural areas include many villages including large ones such as Wilsden, and Oakworth as
well as smaller ones such as Harden, all of which have very limited remains of their original
agricultural or textile functions but predominantly now serve as commuter settlements of the
main employment centres in the District and beyond.
Local Character
Key facts
Built heritage:
1 World Heritage site (Saltaire)
11
202 Scheduled Ancient Monuments
1 Historic battlefield (Adwalton Moor)
36 Public parks with 13 on the historic parks and gardens register.
59 Conservation areas
5800 Listed Buildings
The District has a long history with traces of bronze age (Rombalds moor), Roman (Ilkley),
Saxon, medieval, Tudor, Georgian and Victorian heritage. The District possesses a rich
architectural and archaeological heritage, which is highly valued. The District’s industrial
heritage of mills and associated commercial development from the late 18th and 19th
Centuries is particularly important and reflects the area’s dominance in the textile trade. This
contributes to the distinctiveness of the District and quality of place. It is also important to the
economy in terms of tourism in particularly in ‘Bronte’ country.
The District’s topography is equally rich and diverse, characterised by dramatic contrasts
from the fringes of the South Pennines in the west to the Wharfe Valley in the north. These
provide a high quality setting for the settlements in the District but also constrain their
development and growth.
The quality of the District’s built and natural heritage is also of major importance to the
economy in attracting and retaining high quality and high value investment.
The District comprises a series of escarpments of plateaux with elevations up to 455m O.D.,
and a general decrease in the height of plateau in the east. The escarpments are dissected
by the Rivers Aire and Wharfe and a number of smaller rivers, including Bradford Beck and
the River Worth. The valley sides are commonly very steep, in contrast to the flat nature of
the valley bottoms. The main urban areas and transport routes occur within the valley floor
of the District.
1.4 The Big Plan – our place
The district stretches from the outskirts of Leeds in the east, through Bradford city and
onwards through the towns of Shipley, Bingley, Keighley and Ilkley, and close to the
boundaries of the Yorkshire Dales National Park. This results in a diverse mix of
environments ranging from inner-city areas, through towns and villages and onto high
Pennine moorland.
We are proud of our built heritage, including the World Heritage site of Saltaire. The
redevelopment of Lister’s Mill has been a catalyst for ambitious regeneration in
Manningham. Four of the district’s parks have coveted green flag status, including the
12
award-winning Lister Park. Our desire to build on this heritage is reflected in the ambitious
plans for ‘Park at the Heart’ in the city centre, and in our regeneration master-plans.
The district’s range of landscapes is extraordinary - from wide valleys rising steeply through
craggy escarpments up to open moorland; and from vibrant urban centres through densely
populated residential areas, to idyllic rural villages, each with their own character.
Unlike many metropolitan districts, only about a third of our 370 square kilometres is built up.
Much of our moorland and woodland is relatively undisturbed, and provides important
conservation habitats, as well as drawing visitors who want to enjoy our countryside.
Farming is still part of our rural economy, but the average size of farmholdings is only 10-15
hectares, so much farming activity is marginal, often part-time and supported by other
income.
This means that while some of our villages have maintained their original agricultural
functions, such as Oxenhope and Stanbury, many are now largely commuter settlements for
the main employment centres in the district and beyond.
Our geography has also resulted in most of the industrial, economic and residential
development taking place along the valleys and floodplains formed by rivers such as the Aire
and Wharfe. 77% of our population live within the urban areas of Bradford, Keighley and
along the Aire valley.
These urban areas are both the district’s best attributes and biggest challenges. The city of
Bradford is rich in culture, architecture and attractions –including the National Media
Museum, the Alhambra Theatre and some of the best Asian cuisine in the UK. It is
recognised nationally as a significant cultural economy. But it is also the most densely
populated area of the district: in the inner city, the proportion of households living in terraced
houses is 59%, and there are some 3,000 back-to-back houses.
Sharp contrasts are also clear in neighbourhoods like Manningham. Magnificent buildings
and public spaces such as Cartwright Hall and Lister Park, and elegant crescents and
squares tell of Manningham’s affluent past as a textile centre. However, for many, a vibrant
community can be marred by crime, traffic and congestion, sub-standard housing, and ill
health.
Such contrasts are an expression of the fact that, of the 354 local authority areas in England,
the district ranks as the 32nd most deprived, according to the latest measures1.
Two-fifths of our population live in some of the most deprived neighbourhoods in the country.
And some of these neighbourhoods are adjacent to much more affluent areas.
1 Office of National Statistics’ indices of multiple deprivation, 2007. These make an assessment
across income; employment; heath and disability; education; skills and training; access to housing
and services; environment and crime
13
Another stark contrast is in the more rural areas, where, unlike most of the district, we score
badly in terms of access to housing and services. People living in parts of Wharfedale, the
Worth Valley, Wyke and Tong face geographical and wider barriers to GP surgeries,
supermarkets, primary schools and post offices, as well as housing.
The map below illustrates the pattern of deprivation (2007) across the district. It clearly
shows that many of the urban areas on the edge of the city centre, which grew when our
manufacturing industries were flourishing, have suffered in the shift to the service and
knowledge based economy.
Figure: Bradford’s least and most deprived areas (LSOAs) 2007
The focus of economic activity now is the city of Bradford, and the well served corridor
centred on Keighley, Bingley and Shipley. The historic concentrations of employment along
Canal Road, Thornton Road and Bowling Back Lane have been joined by more recent
concentrations close to the M606 and M62 motorways.
We have good transport links with Leeds Bradford Airport, and three rail routes provide key
connections across the district, and to neighbouring Leeds, as well as providing a trans-
Pennine link to Manchester via Halifax. Good connections across all types of public transport
will be increasingly important. Trends show that the district is unlikely to create enough jobs
on its own to meet the demands of a growing workforce. Links with neighbouring districts will
be increasingly important to connect people with training and employment. For some, the
urban centres of Leeds will provide these opportunities, but for many of our rural
communities, Craven is more important.
Population trends also mean that we need to be planning for new homes and housing
developments. The Local Development Framework (LDF) is a new system for making sure
14
our land, buildings, transport links and green spaces are planned to provide us with
maximum wellbeing and to meet people’s needs. The LDF will complement our priorities in
The Big Plan, so that the council takes account of all of the economic development,
transport, and housing activities that will shape our places across the district in the coming
years.
The LDF will help the Council work with its partners to plan for our growing population: to
plan for homes, jobs, healthcare, education, shops and recreation spaces. It will ensure that
planning and land-use strategies make the district a focus in West Yorkshire for sustainable
economic growth, with high quality employment and housing.
1.5 Methodology
The methodology has been informed by guidance in the planning advisory service (PAS)
Infrastructure Planning & Delivery Resource book. The methodology has also been
influenced by the approach adopted for the Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study
for the Yorkshire and Humber (prepared by Arup for the Yorkshire and Humber Assembly,
2008) and similar studies from across the country. Previous studies, including ‘Shaping
Neighbourhoods’ (Barton H. et al., 2003) has been useful in establishing methods and
standards.
Figure: Infrastructure Planning Process (Source: PAS, 2008)
The principal outcome for this stage in the process of preparing the LIP has been the
identification of the existing provision and capacity of infrastructure in the District by different
services.
15
In order to ensure that the study was robust, the methodology was developed using the
following guidance documents from the Department of Communities and Local Government
and the Planning Advisory Service:
• PAS Infrastructure Planning & Delivery Resource Book (December 2008)
• Planning Policy Statement 12: Local Spatial Planning (June 2008);
• Infrastructure Delivery – Spatial Plans in Practice: Supporting the reform of local
planning (June 2008);
• Implementing your local development framework: the integration of infrastructure
and development in plan-making (April 2008).
The process broadly involved desk based analysis, interviews and discussions with
infrastructure providers, and discussions with those responsible for infrastructure delivery
within the Council.
A technical assessment was carried out on each of following infrastructure types: Transport;
Utilities; Communications; Flood Risk and Drainage; Waste and Recycling; Green
Infrastructure, Open Space and Public Space; Sport, Leisure and Recreation; Community
and Cultural; Education; Health; and Emergency Services. To gain accurate information
across all these infrastructure types meetings were held with the following organisations and
Council teams and departments.
Council Departments and Teams: External Infrastructure Providers:
• Planning Policy and Development Control
• Major Development Team
• Asset Management
• Housing
• Transportation and Highways
• Economic Development Services
• Minerals and Waste
• Environment and Neighbourhood
• Design and Conservation
• Libraries
• Museums and Galleries
• British Waterways
• Bradford and Airedale NHS
• Education Bradford
• West Yorkshire Police
• West Yorkshire Fire & Rescue
• Yorkshire Ambulance Service
• Environment Agency
• West Yorkshire Archaeological
Advisory Service
• Highways Agency
• English Heritage
• Natural England
• Post Office Ltd.
• British Telecom
• Virgin Media Ltd
• West Yorkshire Metro
• First Bus Bradford
• Yorkshire Water
• National Grid
• Network Rail
16
This consultation approach, with its emphasis on partnership working, has ensured a more
accurate understanding and assessment of current infrastructure. The next stage of
consultation will be aimed at identifying what infrastructure will be required to support
development as proposed in the core strategy preferred options report, the means by which
this infrastructure could be provided and would seek to secure commitment from utility
companies and other service providers to their role in its delivery.
The review of the evidence bases and identification of the main infrastructure issues were
carried out in two stages. The first stage was to carry out a literature review to understand
the current level of infrastructure provisions within the district. This included an assessment
of whether this existing infrastructure was fit for purpose and satisfying the needs and
requirements of the existing population and land use patterns. A range of strategic and
technical studies and reports including the Core Strategy Baseline Analysis Report, Bradford
District Settlement Study (draft), Bradford District Growth Assessment (draft) and the
Regional Integrated Infrastructure Study (Y&H Assembly, 2008) have been helpful to inform
the assessment exercise.
This was followed by an appraisal of planned infrastructure delivery as set out in plans and
strategies. This involved the identification of relevant agencies / bodies providing
infrastructure and seeking more information from each of them. An analysis was then
undertaken of the relevant strategies and plans of each provider to establish the capital
infrastructure projects that were being planned. Individual meetings were then held with each
infrastructure provider. Where this was not possible telephone and email conversations took
place.This has resulted in an analysis which-
- provided further commentary as to the current, planned and future infrastructure
requirements;
- determined whether the current approach to infrastructure delivery will meet the
needs of the current and future population and spatial development patterns;
- presented findings spatially, drawing out key infrastructure issues by settlement
and highlighting timing and / or phasing issues.
- determined an indicative set of costs associated with delivery of planned and
future infrastructure;
- gained an understanding as to whether there is funding in place to deliver the
infrastructure planned and required; and
Where an infrastructure type has been deemed of critical importance further research has
been carried out to understand the implications of this infrastructure and wider discussions
have been undertaken with relevant stakeholders.
1.6 Scope of Work
The table below gives a summary of the infrastructure types which have been reviewed and
will be assessed. This has been short listed from an initial long list of infrastructure
categories and agreed by the relevant partners. The table represents social, physical and
green infrastructure and will form the core infrastructure types for the rest of the study.
17
Section 2 onwards then present an evidence base review of each of the infrastructure types.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE Transport
• Road
• Rail
• Bus
• Taxis
• Travel Management
• Airports
• Cycle/Pedestrian Facilities
• Car Parking
• Fuel Connectors
• Vehicle Testing stations
• Driving Tests
• Canals
Energy
• Transmission and distribution system for Gas
• Transmission and distribution system for Electricity
• Decentralised and renewable or low carbon energy
• Wind power
Water and drainage
• Water supply
• Waste water
• Drainage
• Flood defences
Waste
• Collection
• Disposal
ITC
• Broadband and wireless
• Public phones
Public realm
• Footways
• Street furniture
Historic legacy
• Listed buildings
• Conservation areas
• Scheduled ancient monuments
18
GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE
Open space
• Parks
• Childrens play areas
• Sports pitches and courts
• Country parks
• Green public realm
• National parks
• Open space forests and woodlands
• Allotments
• Footpaths
Rivers & Canals
• River corridors
• Canal corridors
Historic landscapes
• Historic sites
SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE
Affordable housing
• Social rented, intermediate
Education
• Nursery and pre school
• Primary
• Secondary
• Further education
• Higher education
Employment
• Job centre plus
Benefits/tax
• Local benefit/Tax Offices
Health
• Hospitals
• Health Centres/GP surgeries
• Public health and prevention
Gypsies and travellers
• Sites and facilities
Post offices
• Main post offices
• Sub post offices
• Sorting offices
• Parcels
19
Community Services
• Libraries
• Community centres
• Youth
• Social services/over 50s/support
• Police
• Fire
• Ambulance
• Cemeteries and crematoria
• Courts
• Prisons
• Hostels
• Places of worship
Culture
• Museums/galleries
• Theatres
• Cinemas
Leisure
• Sports centres
• Swimming pools
• Festivals and town centre programmes
• Markets
• Food stores
• Cinemas
• Ten Pin Bowling alleys
• Casinos/Bingo Halls
20
INFRASTRUCTURE BASELINE ANALYSIS
The following sections outline the capacity situation for each infrastructure type, identifying
the organisation responsible for that service and investigating how the service is provided.
The current provision has been assessed using available evidence from the Council,
infrastructure providers and national data sources, including Best Value reports. Where
appropriate, geographical information systems (GIS) have been used to create spatial maps
and analyse data.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 1. Transport Infrastructure A safe, efficient and integrated transport system is the key to quality of life for those living,
working and visiting Bradford. It is also important to the economic prospects of the district.
The Local Planning Authority therefore aims to produce a safe and effective modern
transport system which caters for the need of all users; a transport system which contributes
to the regeneration of the district, with an attractive public transport network, reduced
reliance on the car and much improved air quality.
These aims are being promoted through the Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2011,
the West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan (LTP) and the Leeds City Region Transport
Strategy (2009).
1.1 Road Network
A total of 1,187 miles (1911kms) of road network2 exists within the District, broken down into
trunk roads (12 miles/20kms); principal roads (86 miles/138 kms); non-principal roads (125
miles/201kms) and unclassified roads (964 miles/1552kms). There are a number of
unsurfaced roads in the district which provide an extra resource for rights of way users.
Within or adjacent to Bradford District there are two sections of the Strategic Road Network
(SRN) managed by the Highways Agency on behalf of the Secretary of State for Transport.
These are:
• Part of the M606 north of M62 Junction 26 (Chain Bar).
• The M62 between Junction 25 (Brighouse) and Junction 27 (Gildersome).
The M606 has dual two lane capacity with an additional lane north-bound from Junction 26
whilst the section of the M62 between Junctions 25 and 27 has dual three lane capacity and
all junctions are grade separated. The rail network does not function as part of the national
strategic network owing to the ‘hub’ role of Leeds.
2 Source: Department of Transport figures 2004
21
Figure: Bradford District Transport Network
The M606 is the principal link between the City of Bradford and the rest of the district to the
national M62 motorway network. The A650 and the A629 is the principal road through
Airedale. The A65 is the principal road through Wharfedale. Bradford Council is responsible
for the maintenance of the transport network via the Highways Act 1980 and the New Roads
and Street Works Act 1991. The Highway Agency has the responsibility for the
management, safe operation and maintenance of the M606.
The Transport Asset Management Plan (TAMP) is used to aid the most appropriate
allocation of resources to ensure the management operation, preservation and enhancement
of the public highway network, car parks and pedestrian facilities. The progress of the TAMP
is measured through the West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan (LTP) process.
Bradford Councils Urban Traffic and Management Control (UTMC) ensure effective
operation and maintenance of the traffic signal network.
The Council works with partner agencies to ensure effective maintenance of the transport
network and infrastructure outside of its control. This includes the Highways Agency in the
case of the Trunk Road network, West Yorkshire Urban Traffic Control (WYUTC) for the
traffic signal network, WYPTE for bus stop infrastructure and interchanges, and Network Rail
with respect to the rail network.
1.2 Rail Network and Major Stations
There are 67 Metro Train stations in West Yorkshire and Bradford is connected to all of them
through a mix of long-distance and local services operating on 12 different metro train lines.
22
The city is centrally served by Bradford Interchange to the south of the city centre and by
Forster Square to the north. There are 12 other trains stations located within the boundary of
the district and served by a range of local and national services.
MetroTrain stations in Bradford District are:
1. Baildon
2. Ben Rhydding
3. Bingley
4. Bradford Forster Square
5. Bradford Interchange
6. Burley-in-Wharfedale
7. Crossflatts
8. Frizinghall
9. Ilkley
10. Keighley
11. Menston
12. Saltaire
13. Shipley
14. Steeton and Silsden
Table : Journey Times and Frequency to Metro Stations from Bradford
Location Journey Time (1-way) 1 Frequency (daytime)
New Pudsey 8 minutes 4 tph
Shipley 9 minutes 2 tph
Baildon 14 minutes 2 tph
Halifax 14 minutes 4 tph
Bingley 16 minutes 2 tph
Guiseley 19 minutes 2 tph
Leeds 20 minutes
4 tph to Interchange (via Caldervale line) 4 tph to Forster Square (via Airedale & Wharfdale lines)
Keighley 23 minutes 2 tph
Brighouse 26 minutes 1 tph
Hebden Bridge 30 minutes 2 tph
Ilkley 33 minutes 2 tph
Morley 1 change 47 minutes
1 tph Morley - Leeds 4 tph Leeds - Bradford
Dewsbury 1 change 48 minutes
1 tph Deswbury - Leeds 4 tph Leeds - Bradford
Horsforth 1 change 50 minutes
2 tph Horsforth - Leeds 4 tph Leeds - Bradford
Wakefield (Westgate)
1 change 50 minutes 2 tph Wakefield Westgate –Leeds 4 tph Leeds - Bradford
1 Journey times taken from National Rail enquiries journey planner to arrive 0900 with least changes possible.
Description of some of the major train stations and their services are presented below:
23
Bradford Interchange
Bradford Interchange is on the Caldervale Line and is one of the two railway stations serving
the city of Bradford. The other station is, as mentioned above, Forster Square, ten minutes'
walk away.
During Monday to Saturday daytimes, services run every 15 minutes between the
Interchange and Leeds, and hourly onwards to York and Selby respectively. On evenings
and Sundays there is a half-hourly service to Leeds and usually hourly to York.
In the other direction there is a train every 15 minutes to Halifax with two trains an hour
continuing to Manchester Victoria (one limited stop, the other serving all stations to
Rochdale), one to Blackpool North and one to Wakefield Westgate via Huddersfield where
customers can change for Sheffield and Manchester Airport.
Sundays there is a half-hourly service to Halifax with an hourly service on to Manchester
Victoria and one train an hour alternates between Blackpool North and Huddersfield.
Due to the geography of Bradford, the station was built as a terminus. Trains have to reverse
out of the station, and drivers have to change to the other end of the train.
Recently it has been announced that direct rail services between Bradford Interchange and
London are set to return for the first time in more than a decade. Grand Central Railway - an
open-access company that operates services between London and Sunderland, have
proposed to run services into Bradford Interchange using the East Coast Main Line from
Kings Cross via Halifax, Brighouse, Wakefield Kirgate, Pontefract Monkhill and Doncaster
under the name the ‘West Riding Service’. The Office of Rail Regulation (ORR) has granted
Great Central Railway permission to run three return services a day between the
Interchange and Kings Cross and it is scheduled to start from December 13, 2009 using
125mph streamlined trains.
Bradford Forster Square
Trains from Bradford Forster Square are operated by Northern Rail and National Express
East Coast. Most trains are run by Northern Rail; these are towards Leeds (on the Leeds-
Bradford Line), Skipton (on the Airedale Line) and Ilkley (on the Wharfedale Line). During
Monday to Saturday daytimes, trains operate every 30 minutes on each route. During the
evenings, there are trains every hour to each of Skipton and Ilkley; on Sundays these run
every two hours. At these times there are no trains to Leeds; passengers have to change at
Shipley.
National Express East Coast operates around three services per day via Leeds and the East
Coast Main Line to London Kings Cross.
24
Shipley
Train services are mostly commuter services between Leeds and Bradford, and from the
Airedale Line and the Wharfedale Line into Leeds and Bradford.
During Monday to Saturday daytimes, these operate every 30 minutes on each of the
following routes:
• Leeds-Bradford Forster Square;
• Leeds-Skipton;
• Bradford Forster Square-Skipton;
• Bradford Forster Square-Ilkley.
In Evenings a half hourly service is maintained between Leeds and Skipton. Ilkley and
Skipton to Bradford are hourly. There is no direct service between Leeds and Bradford but a
shuttle from Shipley to Bradford connects with Leeds departures. On Sundays, Ilkley/Skipton
- Bradford is every 2 hours with Skipton and Bradford to Leeds every hour.
There are also a number of trains each day from Leeds to Carlisle (six each way weekdays,
seven on Saturdays and three on Sundays) and Morecambe (four on weekdays, two or four
on Sundays; both routes operated by Northern Rail), and from Bradford Forster Square to
London King's Cross (via Leeds), operated by NXEC.
Keighley
The station is located on the Airedale Line and managed by Northern Rail, who operate most
of the passenger trains serving it. Electric trains operate frequently from Keighley towards
Bradford Forster Square, Leeds and Skipton. Longer distance trains on the Leeds to
Morecambe Line and Settle to Carlisle Line also call here.
Keighley is also the northern terminus of the Keighley and Worth Valley Railway. This is a
heritage branch-line railway run by volunteers that was originally built by the Midland
Railway and opened in 1867. Closed to passenger traffic in 1962, it was reopened by the
K&WVR Preservation Society six years later and is now a popular tourist attraction.
There is a half-hourly service from Keighley to both Leeds and Bradford Forster Square and
four trains an hour on to Skipton during Monday to Saturday daytime. The evening frequency
is hourly to Bradford and half hourly to Leeds, with three trains per hour to Skipton. On
Sundays there is an hourly service to Leeds and a two-hourly service to Bradford with two or
three trains per hour to Skipton. There is usually one longer distance train per hour to either
Carlisle or Morecambe.
In addition to the above, National Express East Coast operate one train daily to London
King's Cross, via Leeds and the East Coast Main Line.
25
The Keighley and Worth Valley service runs daily during the summer and at weekends in
other seasons.
Figure: Annual rail passenger usage of Bradford Stations*
Annual rail passenger usage
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
Bradford
Interchange
Bradford
Forster
Square
Shipley Keighley Ilkley
Millions
2004/05 2005/06 2006/07
* Annual passenger usage based on sales of tickets in stated financial year(s) which end or originate at Bradford Interchange from Office of Rail Regulation statistics.
Rail is expected to continue to be the dominant public transport mode in those corridors
where it exists, notably Airedale. Airedale and Wharfedale services are the busiest in the
West Yorkshire network as are Shipley and the two Bradford stations. However,
overcrowding on some peak services into both Bradford city centre stations is still an issue
and needs to be addressed. Whilst the high standard of the Forster Square service is
recognised, services to the south of the city via Bradford Interchange are of poor quality in
terms of both rolling stock and infrastructure provision and considerable investment is
needed.
The immediate investment priorities for the local network are set out in Metro’s Rail Plan 6.
This identifies two of the four proposed new stations (Apperley Bridge, Horsforth, Kirkstall
and Low Moor) as being in Bradford district with Low Moor the most ready to introduce. This
does not include the Manningham station proposed in the Masterplan. The logic for this
station is strong as part of a recasting of Bradford Forster Square – Leeds services which
will also serve a new station in north Bradford at Apperley Bridge.
1.3 Bus and Coach Services
First Group at present run the majority of the local bus network around Bradford, including
the high-frequency core ‘Overground’ network, and services to Leeds, Halifax and
Huddersfield.
26
Other services are run by:
• Arriva – operate longer distance services to Dewsbury, Wakefield and Sheffield
• Transdev Keighley and District Travel – operate the local Keighley network including
a number of Bradford connections
• Black Prince Buses – operate a number of services to Leeds.
High frequency bus networks have been developed in Bradford and Keighley and there has
been investment made by operators in high quality corridors such as the Keighley-Bradford
662 route. A ‘guided bus’ corridor has also been developed on Manchester Road (A640)
which has retained patronage levels.
Table: Major bus stations in Bradford.
Bradford Interchange
Keighley Bus Station
Ilkley Bus Station
Shipley Market Place
Description :
29 Drive-In Reverse Out stands. 1 set down only stand. Upper and lower concourse. On same site as Bradford Interchange railway station.
17 stand Drive-In Reverse-Out bus station with central passenger concourse.
3 bus shelters surrounding a layover and car parking area. Next to Ilkley rail station.
Drive through bus point on public highway (Market Square) - 9 stands.
List of Main Operators using this bus station :
Arriva, First, Halifax Joint Committee, TLC Travel, Transdev Keighley and District, National Express
Jacksons, Transdev Burnley and Pendle, Transdev Keighley and District, Tyrer Tours
First, Transdev Keighley and District, Pride of the Dales.
First, Transdev Keighley and District, National Express
Daily Footfall : 25,803 17,324 2,288 5,518
Recent major improvement
2001 Rebuilt in 2002 Rebuilt in 1998 Complete upgrading
Staffed: Yes Yes No No
CCTV Coverage:
Yes Yes Yes Yeas
Facilities:
Baby Changing Facilities, Cafe*, Disabled Persons Toilet, Escalators, Information Help Point, Lifts, Newsagent*, Photo Booths, Toilets, Travel Centre,
Baby Changing Facilities, Cash Machines, Disabled Toilets, Newsagent, Photo Booths, Toilets, Travel Centre*, Telephones.
Real Time Information, Information Help Point, Newsagent, Telephones, Travel Centre
Cafe*, Disabled Toilet*, Newsagents*, Telephones, Toilets*
Maintained by Metro:
Yes Yes Yes Yes
* Facility not provided by Metro
27
The MetroConnect (737 and 747) services connect the city to Leeds Bradford International
Airport and call at both the Bradford Interchange and Forster Square stations. MetroConnect
MC3 provides services in Little Horton area connecting Smiddles Lane - Great Horton - Little
Horton - West Bowling.
AccessBus, a dial-a-ride bus service operated by the Metro, provides door-to-door local
transport to people who are unable to use conventional bus services. The service is free of
charge to residents of Bradford and operates between:
• 9am and 5.30pm Monday to Saturday
• 9am - 5pm on Sunday.
• A limited evening service is available to groups of 5 or more.
Due to the very high demand for the service travel is restricted to local journeys only. Most
trips are for shopping purposes, such as to the local supermarket or shopping centre, but
also provides a limited number of journeys for social purposes, e.g. to the local community
centres.
Bus services in Bradford are very well used across the district and is rated one of the top
services within West Yorkshire. The outcome of public opinion surveys undertaken in 2008
by independent researchers on behalf of Metro has highlighted that 73% of Bradford
respondents who used local bus services were satisfied with those services (BVPI 103). This
was significantly higher than the West Yorkshire average of 67% and was the highest level
of satisfaction of the five districts of west Yorkshire. Furthermore, 82% of Bradford
respondents who used local bus services were satisfied with local provision of public
transport information (BVPI 104). Again this was the highest level of satisfaction within West
Yorkshire.
Satisfaction levels relating to the safety, cleanliness and reliability were also found to be
higher in Bradford than the West Yorkshire average and these have increased compared to
previous years.
Recently the council has adopted a ‘Bus Action Plan 2008-11’ in partnership with the Metro,
West Yorkshire Police and bus operators First, Keighley & District Travel and Arriva which
recognises the comparatively positive performances of the district’s bus services and
identified a number of specific areas where further measures is needed to improve the
services including congestion and punctuality, effective interchange and bus stop
infrastructure and better accessibility.
There is also a Freecitybus service funded by Bradford Council and Metro that run every ten
minutes from 7am to 7pm Monday to Friday and 8am to 5:30pm on Saturdays covering the
city centre, the university and the college campus.
28
Figure: City Centre Free Bus Route
The service was initially launched on 29 September 2008 with a six month trial ending on 28
March 2009. At the end of the trial period a survey was undertaken on the service which
indicated that the service was exceeding all of its predetermined targets in terms of
patronage, modal shift, trip generation, mobility and accessibility. Therefore long term
funding for the service was secured from the council and its partners and it has become a
permanent transport facility in the city centre.
WYPTE is responsible for the maintenance and renewal of bus stop infrastructure in
Bradford District. This covers the maintenance of bus stops, seating, advertising, lighting,
signs, lights, Real Time Passenger Information (RTPI) boards, raised kerbing and
associated infrastructure. In addition, WYPTE is responsible for the maintenance, renewal
and improvement of bus stations and interchanges within Bradford District.
The National Express operates long distance coach services from Bradford Interchange.
Coaches run from their own bays in the Bradford interchange to many towns and cities
within the UK and also providing linking services between Leeds-Bradford International
Airport and other major Airports. The Euroline, also operated by the National Express,
connects to over 500 European destinations. A network of 32 independent coach companies
provides services to destinations covering the whole of Continental Europe, plus other
destinations such as Morocco.
The New Bharat Coaches, based in Southall, London, also runs a service to and from the
Bradford Interchange once everyday via Leicester and Derby.
In March 2009, the Stagecoach group, in partnership with East Midland Trains, introduced a
new budget integrated bus and rail services connecting Bradford with London St Pancras
station. The Megabusplus services depart from the bus stop located at Mayo Avenue District
Centre outside the Morrisons superstore.
Coach parking is however an issue in Bradford district particularly in the City Centre. There
is no designated Coach parking space in any of the Car parks in City Centre and
consequently tourist parties and day visitors often struggle to park their coach in a safe and
secure area within Bradford.
29
1.4 Taxis and other Flexible Transport
'Hackney Carriage' is the licensed Taxi services in Bradford. The Council has the right to
regulate the number of Hackney Carriage licences it issues, or may decide to deregulate.
Currently there are 2,204 Hackney Carriage taxis and private hire vehicles (2,746 drivers) in
Bradford and the council will review the situation in 2009.
Hackney Carriage fares are regulated by the Council. All Hackney Carriage vehicles are
inspected at least once per annum to a standard determined by the Council.
Private Hire Vehicles cannot ply for hire in the street or at taxi ranks. Journeys must be pre-
booked, normally by phone or in person at a booking office. Fares for private hire vehicles
are not regulated by the Council - the cost of a journey will normally be based on a rate per
mile or should be agreed with the company before the journey.
Shopmobility
Shopmobility provides, free of charge hire, power scooters to help people with mobility
difficulties to shop and use other facilities within identified boundaries. The Council currently
offers a Shopmobility service from the following three centres in the District:-
• Bradford - The Oastler Centre, Unit 174 Bradford
• Keighley - Cooke Street, Keighley
• Shipley - 14 Well Croft (entrance to Asda), Manor Lane Shipley
Disabled Persons Concessionary Permit
The Concessionary Fares Scheme is administered by the Councils Social Services, on
behalf of the West Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive (Metro) and provides
concessionary travel for disabled persons in various categories. In certain cases
companions of disabled persons are entitled to travel using this concession.
With the English National Concessionary Pass West Yorkshire residents can travel free on
off-peak local buses throughout England, and reduced fare travel on the trains within the
West Yorkshire boundaries.
Blue Badge
The Council administers the Blue Badge scheme within the District. The Blue Badge scheme
provides parking concessions for people who have severe difficulties with walking, people
who drive their own vehicle and have a severe disability in both upper arms and people who
are registered blind. The scheme is governed by National Eligibility Criteria set out by the
Department for Transport. The Council is required to re-assess applicants every time their
present badge expires.
Location of Blue Badge disabled bays in Bradford District can be found via the Directgov,
Blue Badge Map, see link below:-
30
http://bluebadge.direct.gov.uk/index.php?br_wid=1024&br_hgt=768&stoneage
Ilkley & District Community Transport
Ilkley & District Transport is a project run by the Ilkley & District Council for Voluntary Service
(ICVS). Its objective with the Inley & District community Transport project is to meet the
needs of people isolated or disadvantaged through lack of access to normal public transport
and to support the community through provision of services to the voluntary groups in the
area.
Ilkley & District Community Transport hire out fully accessible minibuses to groups from
Addingham, Burley in Wharfedale, Ilkley and Menston areas. Groups can either use their
own driver or can request a volunteer available to drive for them. All drivers will need to be
MiDAS or Bradford Council approved.
Addingham Shoppers Run is door-to-door service for older or disabled people. The
Shoppers Run offers a weekly shopping trip from Addingham to a supermarket in Ilkley.
Good Neighbours Volunteer Car Scheme operates in Ilkley and Addingham. The Volunteer
Car Scheme service is aimed at older or disabled people and provides car lifts primarily to
medical appointments.
1.5 Airports
The city is served by both Leeds Bradford International Airport (LBIA), 6 miles (9.7 km) to the
north east of the city, and Manchester International Airport located 50 miles (80 km) away at
Ringway in the City of Manchester.
Figure: Passenger Numbers at LBIA 1997-2008
Source: UK Airport Statistics 2008-Annual
31
By the number of passengers handled, Leeds Bradford is the 16th busiest in the UK and
Yorkshire's largest. There has been rapid expansion to the airport in recent years and direct
flights are now available to over 70 business and leisure destinations (July 2009). Around
3 million passengers used the airport in 2006. It is the home base of economy Airline
Jet2.com, voted Best European Short Haul Airline 2006.
Recently low cost airline Ryanair has announced that it is going to open a new base at LBIA
investing more that £54 million and creating opportunities for around 1,000 new jobs. The
Dublin-based company will offer 14 new routes and 63 weekly return flights from the base
taking its total number of destinations from the airport to 17.
The airport was in public ownership until May 2007, when it was sold for £145.5 million to
Bridgepoint Capital. Bridgepoint announced that a further £70 million would be invested in
airport improvements, to boost passenger figures to over 7 million by 2015.3 The airport has
recently started a new long-haul route to Islamabad three times a week using wide-bodied
Airbus A310 aircraft. It is hoped this spurs on new routes from the airport.
Below is the full list of direct flights and holiday destinations available.
Africa
Tunisia
Austria
Innsbruck
Salzburg
Balearics Islands
Mahon – Menorca
Palma – Majorca
Ibiza
Belgium
Brussels
Bulgaria
Bourgas
Canary Islands
Fuerteventura
Gran Canaria
Lanzarote
Tenerife
Caribbean
Barbados
Channel Islands
Egypt
Sharm el Sheikh
France
Avignon
Bergerac
Chambery
La Rochelle
Nice
Paris
Toulouse
Germany
Düsseldorf
Greece
Corfu
Crete
Rhodes
Zante
Holland
Amsterdam
Iceland
Italy
Milan
Pakistan
Islamabad
Portugal
Faro – Algarve
Poland
Krakow
Mainland Spain
Alicante – Costa Blanca
Almeria - Costa Almeria
Barcelona - Costa Brava
Girona - Costa Brava
Malaga – Costa Del Sol
Murcia
Switzerland
Geneva
Tunisia
Monastir
Turkey
Bodrum
Dalaman
Antalya
3 http://www.thetelegraphandargus.co.uk/news/1374024.airport_sold_for_145_million_to_bridgepoint/
32
Jersey
Croatia
Dubrovnik
Cyprus
Larnaca
Paphos
Czech Republic
Prague
Pisa
Rome
Sardinia
Venice Marco Polo
Verona
Lapland
Malta
Malta
United Kingdom & Ireland
Aberdeen
Belfast City
Belfast International
Bristol
Dublin
Exeter
Edinburgh
Glasgow
Isle Of Man
London Gatwick
Newquay
Plymouth
Southampton
The LBIA plays an important part in building the City Region’s economy and its contribution
to the region’s economy is set to grow as the passenger throughput is expected to reach
from 2.6m in 2005 to 5.1m in 2016.
Over 89% of passengers originate in the Leeds City Region using business or leisure flights
on short and medium haul services within the UK and to mainland Europe. Similarly, it acts
as a significant ‘gateway’ to tourist and business visitors to the Region, as around 900,000
overseas visitors came to the Yorkshire and Humber Region in 2003, spending
approximately £294 million. By 2030, the Airport is forecast to handle 8.2 million passengers
and support around 4,100 FTE jobs and provide £154 million of income4.
The Airport therefore has an increasingly important role to play in supporting this growing
industry. Ensuring good access to the airport from the district (as well as and not only from
Leeds) has therefore become a top priority for the airport’s strategic masterplan (2005-
2016). The plan shows how the airport might develop in the future in terms access, transport
mode share and how it could maximise the efficiency of its existing land and facilities.
Whilst the city region Transport Vision promotes new transport networks to incorporate the
airport with the city region regeneration areas, in the short term, people from Bradford
District will continue to access the airport by car, taxi or bus. A current constraint to airport
access is the Greengates junction on A658.
Recently Leeds City Council has approved a £28million expansion plan for LBIA that
includes a new two storey building extension and internal improvements to the existing
terminal. The extension will create a new check-in area and security facilities, and a new
departure lounge and shops on the first floor. It follows a recent £2m re-development of the
forecourt.
Manchester airport provides much wider international destinations to the people of the
district. This airport is the fourth busiest airport in the UK and the biggest outside of London,
in terms of annual passenger throughput.
4 Leeds Bradford International Airport (2004) LBIA Masterplan 2005-2016. Leeds: LBIA.
33
The airport provides regular direct flights to over 190 destinations worldwide by 84 airlines
and is the main international gateway to and from the North-West of England. It offers non-
stop scheduled flights to destinations across Europe, North America, Africa, South Asia, the
Caribbean, Middle East and Far East.
Moreover, 65 tour operators utilise the airport’s facility and many of Manchester's overseas
routes are served by charter flights to holiday destinations, some being seasonal.
1.6 Cycling and Pedestrian Facilities Cycling is not an intensively used form of transport in Bradford but provides a sustainable,
healthy means of travel for a range of journeys that could otherwise be carried out by car,
not only for leisure but also for some work and school journeys. Furthermore,
encouragement of travel by cycle will assist in minimising the demand for road space from
other road users. However, the numbers of accidents involving cycling casualties is high in
relation to the levels of cycling that take place, highlighting the vulnerability of this group of
road users. Allocation of road space for cyclists is a matter for local scheme design whereas
the creation of long distance cycle routes including the National Routes 66 and 69 and the
Great Northern Trail is of strategic importance to the district.
The Bradford City Cycling Map covers the whole Bradford District and shows a network of
routes recommended by cyclists, consisting of a number of signed cycle routes, many quiet
roads, traffic calmed areas and off highway links. The map was first produced in 2000 and
now has been updated in 2009 taking account of the additional cycle provision across the
district.
The Bradford Cycle map is available as a free hard copy map from tourist information
centres, council buildings, libraries, bike shops, travel centres and leisure centres and other
outlets around the district. Alternatively it can be downloaded from the following link:
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/transport_and_infrastructure/transport_planning/bradford_cycle_
map.htm
Sustran’s Living Street Project
Within the inner urban area, the Bradford Living Street proposal which is part of the
Sustrans’ Connect2 project is expected to create a walking and cycling network linking East
and West Bowling with Little Horton, and by extending Bradford's traffic free ‘Living Street'
over the busy A647 Manchester Road to a network of traffic-free paths and quiet roads
reaching deep into the surrounding communities - benefiting more than 85,000 people living
within a mile of the scheme.
This urban greenway and a new bridge over Manchester Road will transform the community
by providing a three mile continuous walking and cycling route from the city centre to
Bowling Park with local links to schools, the university and the hospital and transport
interchange - enabling easier everyday journeys to school, to work or the shops, without
having to negotiate the busy dual carriageway which cuts the community in two.
34
Bradford Council are working to make the bridge the best it can be and throughout 2009 and
2010 will go through extensive public consultation, design development and planning phases
before work to build the bridge can begin in 2011. Its opening in 2012 will mark the
completion of the Connect2 scheme in Bradford.5
Airedale Greenway
The ‘Airedale Greenway’, which is at the heart of the ‘rural backdrop’ identified by the
Airedale Masterplan in March 2005, has been unveiled in September 2009 during the South
Pennines Walk and Ride Festival. It is a key strategic cycling and walking route that links the
three towns of Keighley, Bingley and Shipley with the existing infrastructure of the Sustrans
National Cycle Network Network 696 along the Leeds/Liverpool canal tow path. The network
forms a 7-mile continuous route from Shipley Railway Station to Keighley Town Centre
consisting of sections of on road cycling with designated cycle lanes, sections of widened
footpaths to facilitate shared use between pedestrians and cyclists and off road sections
along the canal tow path, bridleways and riverside paths. The Greenway incorporates
signage, design features and the potential for public art and community engagement.
Information boards at key locations show the route, places of interest and a code of conduct
for all users and a pocket-sized map will also be available.
The Greenway has been developed over a number of years with the Airedale Partnership,
Bradford Council, British Waterways, Sustrans and other organisations, and it’s hoped that
the scheme will encourage local people and visitors to the waterways and surrounding areas
by more sustainable means.
Leeds-Liverpool canal towpath
The Leeds-Liverpool canal towpath forms a key element in the linear access provision
through the District. It runs for approximately 17miles (28kms) from Kildwick in the north-
west to Apperley Bridge in the east. British Waterways, who are responsible for the towpath,
have obligations under the British Waterways Act 1995, to preserve for the public, freedom
of access to towing paths and open land. This effectively provides an additional linear
access opportunity to walkers and cyclists.
Footways
Footways are classified according to their location and levels of use. Thus, town centre,
heavily used footways, would be regarded as Category 1, whereas footways in suburban or
rural settings off the main roads would be Category 3 or 4. The breakdown for footways
across the District is as follows:
5 http://www.sustrans.org.uk/default.asp?sID=1228913837034
35
1.7 Public Rights of Way
Within the District there are 687 miles (1,100kms) of public rights of way, made up of 5,123
individual path links. A path link is defined as the length of path between a junction with
another path or road.
Not all of the District is subject to a definitive map (the legal record of public rights of way).
The former County Borough of Bradford was originally excluded from definitive map
coverage and many routes on our records for that area are awaiting legal orders to formally
record them on a definitive map. This means that approximately 162 miles (260kms) of the
total network is non-definitive, whilst 525 miles (845kms) is included on the definitive map. In
practice this does not mean that the paths within this area are unprotected. The Countryside
and Rights of Way Service maintains files on the 162 miles of non-definitive routes and, as
public rights are believed to exist on these, the Service protects them as it would a definitive
route.
The status, for users, of public rights of way in Bradford District is broken down as follows:
There are also a limited number of permissive routes, negotiated by agreement with
landowners (but which can be withdrawn at any time), exist within the District. These tend to
provide multi-user routes, such as a permissive bridleway through Scholebrook Farm at
Tong which links the local bridleway network with Black Carr Woods. There are also
permissive bridleways on Council owned land at Myrtle Park, Bingley, Prince of Wales Park,
Bingley St. Ives Estate and Harden Moor.
1.8 Car Parking Car parking is a key consideration for people who travel by car in Bradford District. Two main
types of car parking exist within the control of Bradford Council, on street public car parking
and off street public car parking.
Currently there are xxx on street public Council pay and display managed car parking
spaces in Bradford District which provides access to town centre facilities including
shopping, work, leisure and education. In addition to this, Bradford Council manages 41 off
street pay and display car parking (3585 spaces) within the District. The largest
concentration is in Bradford City Centre.
Bradford city centre has a large supply of off-street parking both in charged facilities and on
vacant sites. The city centre Masterplan proposes the development of many of these sites
for development as well as acknowledging the 1800 spaces being provided at Broadway and
36
promoting three new and replacement car parks on the perimeter of the city centre. There is
also a good deal of free unrestricted on-street parking throughout the City Centre. The
Figure below presents a map of all principal car parks across the area.
Figure: Bradford City Centre Principal Public Car Parks (Off Street)
Car Parks No
Wigan Street 116
Burnett Street 180
Crown Court 140
Eurocar 390
Forster Square (N) 450
Forster Square (S) 500
Hall Ings NCP 198
Jacobs Well (Sat only) 958
Leisure Exchange 432
New Southgate 404
Oastler (long stay) 404
Oastler (short stay) 60
Pine Street 105
Radwell Drive 33
Rawson Road 98
Sharpe Street 77
Simes Street 102
St Thomas A 30
St Thomas B 110
Tyson Street 43
There are also 2 NCP car parks in Bradford- 1. Hall Ings 2. Southgate off Thornton Road.
Major car parks in other town centres and tourist destinations within the district are listed
below:
Shipley:
• Market Place Car Park
• Saville Car Park
• Atkinson Car Park
• Westcliffe Road Car Park
• Wharfe Street Car Park
• Swimming Pool Car Park
• Oastler Road Car Park
• Caroline Street Car Park, Saltaire
• Exhibition Road Car Park, Saltaire Bingley:
• Ferncliffe Road Car Park
• Wellington Street Car Park
• Waterloo Car Park
• Queen Street v
37
• Main Street Car Park
• Victoria Street Car Park Keighley:
• Scott Street Car Park
• Church Green Car Park Haworth:
• Museum Car Park
• Bronte Village Car Park
• Gas Street Car Park
• Rawdon Road Car Park Ilkley:
• South Hawksworth Street One of the key parking issues is to keep balance between long stay and short stay parking in
the main city and town centres. As a general comparison, parking in Bradford is cheaper
than in other West Yorkshire centres and may need to be addressed in the context of wide
area congestion measures.
The city centre car parking provision is currently undergoing a review which is expected to
create new parking spaces together with increased provisions for hackney carriages,
disabled parking spaces and loading facilities.
Council parking charges however have been increased by 50p a day or 10p per hour from
3rd August 2009. The move is part of a budget deal struck by Bradford Council in February
to raise £170,000 over the year by increasing short-stay parking charges. It applies to the
majority of car parks and on-street parking in Bradford, Shipley, Bingley, Keighley, Haworth
and Ilkley.
The charges at some car parks remain unchanged. These are: Shipley: Swimming Pool and
Oastler Road; Baildon: Ian Clough Hall; Esholt: Car and Coach park; Silsden: Wesley Place
and Bridge Street; Haworth: Gas Street and Rawdon Road.
Although the Council has no current proposals to open any new car parks in the city centre,
the Broadway retail development is expected to provide the largest parking facilities in the
city centre. Other changes in car parking provision may occur to those sites on land
earmarked for development, which include Crown Court car park, Alexandra car park and
Burnett Street car park and this could result in a loss of significant number of parking
spaces.
In addition to the car parking spaces managed by Bradford Council, there are also a number
of privately managed car parking spaces across the district. The following provides a list of
the largest privately managed car parking spaces in Bradford District:-
• NCP New Southgate Multi Storey Car Park off Thornton Road, Bradford, 432 spaces
• NCP Bradford Hall Ings Multi Storey Car Park, Bradford, 526 spaces
• Britannia Parking Ltd Leisure Exchange, Vicar Lane, Bradford, 432 spaces
38
Location of primary Council owned car parking spaces across the district can be viewed via
the Direct Gov website:-
http://bluebadge.direct.gov.uk/index.php?br_wid=1024&br_hgt=768&stoneage
1.9 Petrol Service Stations
Petrol Service stations are dispersed along main roads throughout the Bradford District with
the greatest concentrations in the city of Bradford. Petrol station locations within the District
can be found via Direct Gov website, see link below:-
http://bluebadge.direct.gov.uk/index.php?br_wid=1024&br_hgt=768&stoneage
1.10 Vehicle testing stations
The Vehicle and Operator Services Agency (VOSA) was formed on 1st April 2003 following
the merger of the Vehicle Inspectorate and the Traffic Area Network division of the
Department for Transport. VOSA provides a range of licensing, testing and enforcement
services with the aim of improving the roadworthiness standards of vehicles ensuring the
compliance of operators and drivers with road traffic legislation, and supporting the
independent Traffic Commissioners
The District has a VOSA Test station at Steeton Grove, Steeton which conducts tests on
Heavy Good Vehicles (HGVs), Public Service Vehicles (PSVs), Class4, 5 and7, Reduced
Pollution Certificate (RPC), Low Emissions Certificate (LEC). There is also a VOSA Testing
station at Patrick, Woodlesford in Leeds.
The nearest VOSA Test Station which undertakes Single Vehicle Approval (SVA),
Motorcycle Single Vehivle Approval (MSVA) and Vehicle Identity Checks (VIC) is
Chadderton, Oldham.
1.11 Driving test centres
The Driving Standards Agency is a trading fund whose vision is “Safe Driving for Life”. The
overall mission is to contribute to the public service agreement objective to achieve 40%
reduction in riders and drivers killed or seriously injured in road accidents, in the age group
up to 24 years, by 2010 compared with the average for 1994-98.
DSA focus centres on:-
• Setting standards for drivers, riders and trainers
• Driver education and the provision of learning resources
• Registering and supervising quality assured instructors
• Modern, effective and efficient assessments conducted as computer based and
practical tests
Bradford District has 3 Driver Practical Test Centres which are managed by the Drivers
Standards Agency (DSA). These are as follows:-
39
• Bradford (Eccleshill), Victoria Road, Ecceshill, Bradford
• Bradford (Heaton), Fairfield Street, Heaton, Bradford
• Keighley, Sepncer Street, Keighley
1.12 Canals
British Waterways Yorkshire looks after around 270 miles of inland waterways, covering an
area which stretches from South Yorkshire to the River Tees in the North East.
BW encourages people to use the waterways for both leisure and tourism, as well as making
sure the navigation channels remain safe and open. At the same time BW manages its
property portfolio and works closely with local authorities, developers and a whole host of
other organisations to make sure we get the best benefits from waterside land and property.
BW also works with companies to make sure that the region’s waterways are used for
freight, where it is feasible.
Within Bradford District, British Waterways manages the River Aire and the Leeds Liverpool
Canal.
British Waterways are working with Bradford Council on an ambitious scheme to reopen
Bradford Canal after more than 80 years and create a stunning waterfront in the centre of
the city, linked to the suburbs to attract regeneration.
Initial feasibility work has been encouraging and has led to further studies looking at how the
construction of a canal will benefit the area. The Bradford Canal opened and joined the
Leeds & Liverpool Canal in 1774 but now only the Northern end with a pack horse bridge
and toll house remains visible.
Bradford is one of only a few British cities which does not have a waterfront and the initiative
could be a first step in creating not only an attractive waterfront but would also contribute
towards connecting the city centre with Shipley, the Aire Valley and the Leeds & Liverpool
Canal.
2.0 Major Transport Issues and Investment Gaps
The Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021 has highlighted the locational transport
issues in Bradford in detail. I also has identified key investment gaps and set out investment
priorities for infrastructure development across different parts of the district. The strategy
recognises the role of demand management as a complementary approach to overcome the
deficiency but urges that this alone is not a convincing approach and direct investment into
key transport infrastructure is therefore essential. A summary of the main transport
infrastructure issues and investment priorities as set out in the strategy are outlined below-
40
Table: Investment gaps and priorities for transport infrastructure as identified in the Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021
Investment gaps
Bradford Urban area
• Comprehensive improvement to outer ring road junctions to reduce congestion, improve public transport and safety
• Selective improvements for orbital traffic where the diverse movements involved are not well served by bus routes and where access to the strategic road network is an important consideration
• Improvement to performance of high frequency radial bus corridors
• Opening of new rail stations City Centre
• Agreement upon City Ring Road West preferred option, funding and implementation plan
• Public transport access
• Public realm traffic management measures
• Public realm environment Interchange and park and ride
• Improvements to facilitate interchange at Shipley and Bingley
• Additional parking at rail stations
• Coordination of local bus networks with interchanges and rail stations Airedale
• Agreement upon A650 Shipley / Saltaire / Cottingley preferred option, funding and implementation plan
• Shipley Eastern Link Road and Canal Road improvement
• Shipley Station integrated transport interchange
• Hard Ings Road, Keighley
• Park and Ride
• Bingley Station Interchange Wharfedale
• Shipley Eastern Link Road and Canal Road improvement
• Shipley Station integrated transport interchange
• Park and Ride
• Long distance routes Rural areas
• Improved local accessibility for communities whose activities are based in the more isolated areas of the District.
Leeds Bradford International Airport and other airports
• A658 Greengates junction improvement
41
Investment Priorities
Demand Management These measures are being considered in two timeframes:
1. Up to 2011 (to tie in with the current Local Transport Plan timeframe)
• Introduce decriminalised parking
• Upgrade Urban Traffic Control (UTC) system and introduce Urban Traffic Management Control
• Contribute to a city region congestion study with/without TIF support
• Evaluate ‘no-car’ lanes
• Continued use of ‘soft’ measures such as travel plans including implementation of a Council Travel Plan
• Continued improvement of the bus network including Public Transport Improvement Plans
• Continued improvement of corridors and gateways with particular focus on those monitored for the congestion target
During this period there will not be aggressive interventions in the city centre whilst the economy is being re-established through the Bradford Centre Regeneration Masterplan. 2. 2011 – 2016
• Greater use of on-street car park charges
• Introduce measures as may result form a congestion study
• Reduction in less accessible allocations in the Local Development Framework
Investment in infrastructure Highways: Regional / inter-regional
• Completion of A650 Shipley - Saltaire - Cottingley
• Hard Ings Road, Keighley
City Region
• Canal Road Improvement / Shipley Eastern Link Road
• Thornbury – Dudley Hill
• M606 Staygate – final stage
District wide
• Bradford Outer Ring Road junctions
• Bradford City Centre West
• A647 alternative
• Keighley Eastern Relief Road
42
Public Transport: Bus
• Strategic Bus Corridors to connect Bradford with Leeds, Wakefield and Huddersfield.
• Outer ring road junction priorities Interchange
• Improved interchange facilities at Shipley and Bingley
• Develop further park and ride at appropriate locations Rail
• Improved ‘connectivity’ between Bradford and Leeds on both Airedale and Caldervale routes including new stations at Manningham and Apperley Bridge and at Low Moor, additional park and ride.
• Lobbying for better service provision in the Inter City East Coast franchise, especially in Airedale
• Supporting open access services where this is in the district’s interest.
• Support for city region Caldervale (Bradford Interchange) electrification;
development of ‘tram/train’ network (including access to airport); links with north
east and central Lancashire
Other investment: Leeds Bradford International Airport
• Implement improvement to Greengates junction (A658). Cycling
• Complete long distance cycle routes through the district Bradford Canal
• Prepare an implementation plan for the delivery of the Bradford Canal
The Council as Highway Authority takes responsibility for delivery of some of the above
elements and plays a vital role of bringing together key partners and prospective funders to
successfully achieve the goals of the strategy.
3.0 Transport Strategy and Delivery The Council has a fairly structured approach to planning transport infrastructure investments.
The Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021 sets out the aspirations for transport
within the District over the short to long term. This is supplemented by the Sustainable
Community Strategy 2008-2011 (the Big Plan) and the Connecting Airedale project which
outline the strategy for enhancing connectivity and delivering transport infrastructure in the
district.
43
In addition to these strategies there are a number of sub-regional strategic plans such as the
West Yorkshire Local transport Plan 2011-2026 and its first Implementation Plan 2011-2014
and the Leeds City Region Transport Vision. The delivery of many of the infrastructure
elements within these strategies is reliant upon securing Government and/or third-party
funding. However, this has posed significant challenges to the Council and other parties in
the current fiscal environment.
Over the next 3 financial years, West Yorkshire will suffer from an annual average 42% cut
in Integrated Transport funding and a 16% cut in Highways Maintenance compared to
original 2010/11 allocations. There has also been a transfer of Road Safety Grant to the
Revenue Support Grant. These changes to transport funding are in addition to in year
2010/11 cuts in Integrated Transport funding, funding for the West Yorkshire Strategic
Programme of Schemes and Road Safety Capital Grant.
The Department for Transport capital block funding allocations for transport schemes in
West Yorkshire for the next 3 years are shown below. Integrated Transport funding will be
paid directly to the West Yorkshire Integrated Transport Authority (WYITA) rather than to the
individual five District Councils and Metro as previously. Consequently the WYITA now have
the responsibility for approving the overall Integrated Transport programmes. Highways
Asset Maintenance funding will be paid through the WYITA to individual Councils and thus
the Council will remain responsible for approving this programme of work.
Table: LTP3 Funding for First Implementation Plan 2011/12 to 2013/14
The third West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan Strategy 2011 – 2026 and its first
Implementation Plan 2011 – 2014 have been developed by the WYITA with support from all
five West Yorkshire Districts. Whilst the Department for Transport had previously been very
prescriptive about the content and performance management of previous LTPs, this is
relaxed for LTP3 giving more flexibility for the development of plans more suited to local
circumstances. The current LTP has been developed to deliver three key objectives:
• To make substantial progress towards a low carbon transport system for West
Yorkshire.
• To improve connectivity to support economic activity and growth across West
Yorkshire and the Leeds City Region
44
• To enhance the quality of life of people in West Yorkshire
The objectives will be delivered through four strategic approaches:
• Maintaining and managing Transport Assets
• Providing information on, and encouraging use of sustainable Transport Choices
• Improving Connectivity through the delivery of an integrated and reliable transport
system
• Making Enhancements to the transport system to provide greater capacity and
better performance
The LTP Bradford Local Implementation Plan 2011-2014 lists all the schemes that are
programmed under the above strategic elements. See appendix A of the Bradford Local LTP
Implementation Plan 2011-2014 for detail.
Over the last 3 years the Council has also been preparing annual Transport Delivery Plans
setting out its priorities for delivery of transport related schemes which enabled the Council
to deliver transport measures in partnership with WYITA. Some major achievements under
the above plans include:
• Enforcement of access to the Bradford City Centre Pedestrianised Area has been
improved through the introduction of rise and fall bollards.
• Work has commenced on site on junction improvement schemes for Little Horton
Lane / Southfield Rd and Leeds Road/Laisterdyke.
• Phase 1 of the Living Street, which extends from the City Centre to Manchester
Road, is nearing completion.
• Continued delivery of casualty reduction and local improvement schemes through
partnership working with local communities and other stakeholders
Despite good progress in many programme areas there has been some delay in
implementing a number of schemes in the programme which has necessitated re-phasing.
This re-phasing is incorporated in the Council’s Capital Investment Plan on an on-going
basis.
Other major integrated transport capital investment in Bradford, funded through the West
Yorkshire Strategic Programme of Schemes, is progressing as follows:
Bradford City Links – supporting highways measures for City Park
This scheme is nearing completion - includes a bus only right turn at the junction of Little
Horton Lane and Princes Way and a new pedestrian crossing on Princes Way.
Saltaire Improvements – following the successful outcome of an innovative stakeholder
involvement process a detailed design work has now commenced and work on the scheme
is scheduled to be complete by the end of 2013.
Low Moor Rail Station
45
A rail engineering consultant for this scheme has now been appointed and the new station
should be operational by 2013/2014. It is unlikely that this scheme could be accelerated due
to the complexities involved in delivering rail related schemes and the rail industry's approval
procedures.
Traffic Light Priority for Buses
This West Yorkshire wide scheme will include the introduction of equipment to provide bus
detection for up to 60 sites in Bradford. This will give priority to late running buses at traffic
signals. It is envisaged that 5 of these sites will be implemented by the end of the current
financial year together with an upgrade to the Urban Traffic Control system to work with the
new detection equipment.
Other Considerations:
Strategic Road Network- Highway Agency’s previous modelling work has identified a need
for a number of improvements to junctions on the SRN in and close to Bradford District to
cater for traffic growth generated by proposed developments emerging from the LDF
process in all of the Districts of West Yorkshire. Issues relating to the existing peak period
congestion on the M62 eastbound between Junctions 24 (Ainley Top) and 27 (Gildersome)
and westbound between Junctions 28 (Tingley) and 26 (Chain Bar) have been addressed by
the Managed Motorway and Hard Shoulder Running scheme that is expected to commence
by 2015. The objectives of this scheme are to increase capacity for strategic traffic and to
relieve existing traffic delays. Although the M62 motorway does not enter Bradford District,
the scheme will address congestion problems that have an adverse effect on traffic
movement to and from Bradford.
Apperley Bridge Rail Station- The provision of a new station at Apperley Bridge is included in
a Leeds City Region Rail Growth Package which has been submitted to the Department for
Transport for approval. As part of the Comprehensive Spending Review the Department
resolved that this Package would be included in the pot of 22 schemes across the country
where promoters would be asked to provide more information. A decision would then be
made by the Department on which schemes would be supported. This decision is expected
by the end of 2011.
Caldervale Line- Bradford Council is working with officers from Leeds, Calderdale and
Rochdale Councils, as well as Metro, the Greater Manchester Transport Executive, Network
Rail and Northern Rail, to identify proposals that would improve the operation of, and journey
times on, the Caldervale line. Any viable proposal could be subject of a future bid for funding
in recognition of the importance of the line to the Districts through which it passes and it’s
potential to improve the economy of the Leeds and Manchester City Regions
4.0 Leeds City Region Transport Strategy
Bradford’s growing population and the 50,000 new houses planned across the district means
that there is a need to ensure that the transport infrastructure will allow efficient access to
employment and services both within and outside the district. The Leeds City Region
46
Transport Strategy (Ove Arup and Partners Ltd., November 2009) has set out a range of
transport interventions that will help to deliver sustainable improvements in the City Region
in terms of ensuring safer transport modes, better connectivity and access to jobs and
housings and transition to a lower carbon economy across the region. This document will
also inform the subsequent development of the next Local Transport Plan which will
commence in 2011.
Transforming the Regional City of Bradford is one of the top spatial priorities of the strategy
and it proposes packages of improvements with an aim to significantly increase growth in
economic development, jobs and homes through the renaissance of the city centre, and
development and regeneration elsewhere.
Improving access to Leeds Bradford International Airport particularly by public transport is
another major spatial priority of the transport strategy. The aim is to promote LBIA to play an
increasingly complementary role to Manchester in supporting the economic competitiveness
of the City Region.
The other two key priorities for Bradford District identified by the LCR Transport Strategy are
the improvements of transport infrastructure to support the increased development
opportunities in Airedale (Bradford to Skipton) and Shipley-Bradford canal Road Corridor
and to restructure and regenerate east Bradford and west Leeds (Leeds-Bradford Corridor)
to better support economic growth of both cities and Leeds City Region conurbation core.
Table: Summery of interventions proposed for Bradford in the LCR Transport Strategy
47
Source: LCR Transport Strategy (Ove Arup and Partners, 2009)
5. Energy Transmission and Distribution Network
The following section describes the existing energy transmission and distribution system
present in Bradford district.
5.1 Gas
National Grid owns and operates the high pressure gas transmission system in UK that
consists of approximately 4,300 miles of pipelines and 26 compressor stations connecting to
eight distribution networks.
Similar in structure to the electricity industry, gas is distributed nationally via the high the
pressure National Transmission System (operated by National Grid Transmission) to a
series of Local Distribution Zones (LDZs), which are based on the former British Gas
regions. The LDZs are operated by Gas Distribution Operators (DOs). The gas supply
companies pay National Grid Transmission and the DOs a tariff for the use of the gas
networks for access to their end-customers. The tariffs are set over 5-year control periods
based on approved investment plans agreed with OFGEM.
48
Figure: National Grid Gas and Electricity Transmission Networks
Source: National Grid Company
Bradford district is served by the Northern Gas Network Ltd. And forms part of the north east
local distribution zone.
Figure: North East LDZ Core Network
Source: Northern Gas Networks
49
In general terms, gas supply is not constrained in the Yorkshire region, as it benefits from a
number of connections to the national High Pressure Transmission Network, as well as
having an extensive and robust core network around the main urban areas such as Bradford
District. However, many rural areas have no gas supply. This may limit scope for housing
and economic growth in some rural parts of the district.
The following table lists some of the major gas infrastructure projects above £0.5m that are
being undertaken in and around Bradford District:
Table: Major Gas infrastructure projects above £0.5m
The projects included in the table above are subject to the acceptance of a formal quotation. The Eggborough Reinforcement scheme has been kept in the plan due to the major impact this potential new load would have on the system.
Source: The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008)
The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008) forecasts growth in gas
demand across the whole North East LDZ during the next ten years (2008-2016) of 7.15%
but declining towards the end of the forecast, with the average growth 0.86% per annum.
50
Peak demand is forecast to rise by 1.45% within North East LDZ. The models have been
influenced by the recent demand patterns impacted by factors such as the warm weather,
improved conservation and recent high fuel prices.6
A more recent forecast suggests that during the next ten years annual gas demand is to
grow at an average of approximately 0.46% per year across the entire Northern Gas
Network. For the North East LDZ area the forecast is for an average annual increase of
approximately 0.41% per year, with peak day demand forecast to rise by an average of
1.96% per year7. Therefore, over the long term gas consumption is forecast to continue
slowly rising due to economic growth and new housing completions.
Operating under the Gas Act 1986, the Distribution Operators have an obligation to develop
and maintain an efficient and economical pipeline system and, subject to that, to comply with
any reasonable request to connect premises, provided that it is economic to do so.
National Grid has a duty to develop and maintain an efficient coordinated and economical
transmission system for the conveyance of gas and respond to requests for new gas
supplies in certain circumstances.
New gas transmission infrastructure developments (pipelines and associated installations)
are periodically required to meet increases in demand and changes in patterns of supply.
Developments to the network are as a result of specific connection requests e.g. power
stations, and requests for additional capacity on the network from gas shippers. Generally
network developments to provide supplies to the local gas distribution network are as a
result of overall demand growth in a region rather than site specific developments.
5.2 Electricity National Grid, as the holder of a licence to transmit electricity under the Electricity Act 1989,
has a statutory duty to develop and maintain an efficient, co-ordinated and economical
transmission system of electricity and to facilitate competition in the supply and generation of
electricity.
National Grid operates the national electricity transmission network across Great Britain and
owns and maintains the network in England and Wales, providing electricity supplies from
generating stations to local distribution companies. The company does not distribute
electricity to individual premises directly, but its role in the wholesale market is essential to
ensuring a reliable and quality supply to all. It is the role of local distribution companies to
distribute electricity to homes and businesses.
Electricity is generated by major generators, in a competitive marketplace. These generators
sell the electricity generated to the supply companies that sell electricity to consumers and
businesses. In general, the major power stations are connected to electricity distribution
networks by the transmission network, which is operated by National Grid Electricity
6 The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008). 7 NGN Long Term Development Statement (October 2010).
51
Transmission. There is a degree of vertical integration between generators and suppliers.
Some suppliers use several consumer and business-facing brands.
There are 14 licensed electricity distribution network operators (DNOs) each responsible for
a distribution services area. The 14 DNOs are owned by seven different groups. There are
also four independent network operators who own and run smaller networks embedded in
the DNO networks.
The supply companies pay National Grid Electricity Transmission and the electricity
distribution network operators for the use of their networks to carry electricity to their
customers.
The tariffs levied by National Grid Transmission and the DNOs are heavily regulated by the
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets (OFGEM). This is based on 5-year control periods over
which the companies and the regulator agree tariffs based on investment plans. Price
controls are generally set for five year periods and the current price control runs from 1st
April 2005 to 31st March 2010. These investment plans are based on the need for asset
renewal and system reinforcement to cope with anticipated increases in demand.
Whist the National Grid Transmission network is important, with the exception of the largest
commercial customers, all direct supplies tend to come via the distribution networks.
Bradford district is covered by the CE Electric UK distribution network, trading as YEDL.
Information relating to the supply of electricity and any capacity issues has been requested
from YEDL. When this information is received it will be used to update and inform this Plan.
Overall architecture of the electricity networks is geared-up to address the historic model of
power being generated by a relatively small number of large power stations.
These power stations are typically connected to the National Grid Electric Transmission
(NGET) system, which then in turn supplies the DNO networks at a relatively small number
of fixed points. For a number of reasons, this model is changing.
An increasing number of smaller-scale power generation schemes are being developed,
typically falling into the renewables category, including wind turbines, combined heat and
power schemes, waste to energy projects and others. Only the largest (usually offshore)
wind farms generate enough electricity to justify connection to the NGET system. As a result
the schemes are connected directly to the distribution networks, and are generically known
as distributed generation (DG).
Distributed generation presents a number of technical challenges to the architecture of the
distribution network, challenges which are being address by the industry and the regulator.
CE Electric operates on a responsive basis and has a legal obligation to provide network
connections as demand arises. Developers contact CE Electric / YEDL directly to discuss
the scale of requirements and charges. For renewable energy generation, if more than 4kW
52
is generated it may be necessary for CE Electric / YEDL to modify the network. Any large
increases in demand that have not been accounted for would require the local network to be
strengthened.
5.3 Overall Capacity – Gas & Electricity Information received from providers detail that developments in Bradford District should not
in principle represent a major issue for National Grid’s electricity or gas transmission
network.
The precise nature of the influence of the proposed developments on gas and electricity
infrastructure will need to be determined in the first instance via discussion with the relevant
gas and electricity Distribution Network Operators (DNOs, National Grid and YEDL
respectively). National Grid will then discuss any requirements for transmission system
reinforcement with the DNOs.
The Code for Sustainable Homes zero carbon standard comes into force in 2016 and will
result in greater energy efficiency and reduced energy consumption from new developments,
through a combination of demand side management and smart metering. In addition,
demand for natural gas could slow down due to the requirement for zero carbon standards
for all new development by 2016. However, this reduced rate of demand could be offset by
the introduction of biomethane to grid gas supplies which are considered to be carbon
neutral and meet Code for sustainable Homes standards.
Information on future development of and demand for renewable energy or combined heat
and power installations for Bradford District will be discussed with infrastructure providers,
and used to update and inform this Plan.
5.4 Decentralised and renewable or low carbon energy/Wind power Bradford is one of the smaller LA's in the region in terms of land size but has a population
that is above the average. The town of Bradford has the density necessary to support district
heating networks. The Energy Opportunities Plan8 shows that there are many public
buildings in the town that could provide anchor loads for such networks.
Other renewable energy opportunities in the district include wind and hydro opportunities.
There is currently one hydro generation plant operating in Esholt, and a potential site
identified at Greenholme Mills on the border with Harrogate district. Bradford’s hydro
potential is among the best in the region and their installation should be sought and
supported wherever feasible.
List of all commercial scale renewable energy generators in Bradford should be included.
8 Low carbon and renewable energy capacity in Y&H- Draft Final Report (AECOM, 2011)
53
Table: Renewable energy sources in Bradford
Source: Low carbon and renewable energy capacity in Y&H- Draft Final Report (AECOM, 2011)
Because of Bradford’s hilly topography the main pressure has been for energy generation
from the wind. The district is largely built-up to the east around Bradford but is more rural to
west and north and incorporates areas of moorland. These extra-urban areas are mainly
classified as having a high and very high sensitivity to wind development. For these reasons
wind developments are most likely on a small scale in appropriate pockets of land within
suburban and green belt land. However, the potential for small wind developments in such
situations may be higher than that indicated by the targets in the RSS.
The Council is also in the process of carrying out an ‘Environmental Constraint Assessment’
for the district which will look into the different level of environmental sensitiveness across
the district (e.g. greenbelt, flood zone, low wind speed zone etc) and help identify potential
locations for renewable energy sources e.g. wind farms, individual turbines etc. An initial
overview of the study suggests that the most potential sites for wind turbines in the district
lies in the south-west at Denholme-Queensbury area near the Ovenden Moor.
In addition, the built-up areas in Bradford provide an opportunity for exploiting PV which
should make a significant contribution to renewable energy generation and can stand above
average for any LA's in the region. By 2021 biomass technologies can provide significant
opportunities to further diversify Bradford’s power supply. There should also be potential for
growing energy crops on brownfield sites and as an alternative to agricultural crops on
established farmland.
In terms of energy generation from waste, planning permission has been granted to BioGen
Power in April 2010 to build the world’s largest waste gasification facility in Bradford, capable
of processing 160,000 tonnes of residual waste.
54
However, despite the good potential for various renewable opportunities, the overall potential
for Bradford to generate renewable energy is lower than the average for LA's in the region
due to the District’s lower potential for wind developments. (Source: AEA Planning for
Renewable Energy Targets, Yorksire & Humber, 2004).
(ADD PLAN SHOWING AREAS OF WIND ENERGY POTENTIAL IN BRADFORD DISTRICT – SEE JANE SCOTT) 6. Water and Drainage
The following section will highlight the current water supply system and its management in
Bradford. It will further discuss the flood defence, drainage and waste water treatment
issues in the district.
6.1 Water Supply and Treatment
Yorkshire Water is the main water and waste water treatment provider for Bradford District.
Yorkshire Water has it headquarters located within Bradford.
Figure: Water Companies Serving in the North
Notes: All water companies within Yorkshire and the Humber deal with both water supply and waste water treatment- boundaries indicative only – some water supply companies (outside the region) excluded for clarity.
55
Water companies are statutory consultees in relation to Local Development Frameworks and
also respond to consultation on planning applications. Water companies have a duty to
provide water supply and sewerage treatment to development identified in adopted
development plans. The content of adopted development plans is therefore vitally important
to investment planning by water companies.
The abstraction of water from surface and ground water sources for domestic and drinking
purposes takes place throughout the Yorkshire Region, with most reservoirs located in the
west and centre of the region.
Within the Bradford MDC area there are a number of water supply systems. These have
historically developed around the centres of demand i.e. the city of Bradford and surrounding
towns. The water is sourced from upland reservoirs and high quality river sources. The
water is then carried to treatment facilities where it is treated to the highest standards and
distributed throughout the region via an integrated trunk distribution network.
This network is robust and its suitability is constantly reviewed to ensure Yorkshire Water
meets the current and future needs of its customers. Extensive capital investment has
recently been completed in Bradford and Keighley on the trunk mains network to further
Yorkshire Water's industry leading high standards and provide continual improvement to our
customers.
This trunk main infrastructure should provide the basis for water supply to all brownfield
development in the Bradford MDC area however local reinforcement may be required in line
with the change of use and requested water volume and pressure. This would be assessed
on a site by site basis.
By nature greenfield sites are extensions of the existing urban landscape and similar
extension of the infrastructure may be required to support this. Again the extent of this work
would depend on the needs of the site/or group of sites. In general the further a new site is
from an existing urban centre the more extensive the infrastructure needed to support it.
Within the District, the availability of water resources is good, with some seasonal variations.
56
Figure: Yorkshire Water Service Area – Clean Water and Waste Water Treatment
Source: Yorkshire Water Services
Following significant investment in a new ‘water grid’ in recent years, the region’s water
resources can be redistributed according to need. The grid now results in Yorkshire Water
relying on only three water resource zones for supply, with the ‘grid’ zone covering most of
the region, especially in terms of demand for water (ADD FIG 6.5 FROM THE ARUP STUDY
HERE).
Yorkshire Water’s water resource zones are shown below:
57
Figure: Yorkshire Water Resource Zones
Source: Yorkshire Water Services (Draft Water Resources Management Plan)
(ADD GIS MAP SHOWING WASTE WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES). The water grid delivers around 1,300 million litres of water per day to properties and
businesses. The grid connects 250 water sources and 70 water treatment works. Yorkshire
Water is able to balance the sharing of water available across the region in order to maintain
service in all weather conditions.
Yorkshire Water is responsible for the sewerage network and waste water treatment works
across Bradford. They own and operate over 600 waste water treatment works across
Yorkshire.
Through discussions with Yorkshire Water it is understood that major urban areas tend to
have spare waste treatment capacity, however the growth of smaller outlying towns and
villages is where capacity issues are most likely to arise. This is a particular concern relating
to new development potentials within the catchments of the Aire Valley trunk sewer. This
sewer collects the foul drainage from the areas of Kildwick, Glusburn, Cross Hills Sutton-on-
Craven, Steeton and Silsden and now is at or near its capacity. As a result there is a risk that
the sewer can overflow which will result in sewage debris leaving the sewer and being
58
deposited on land. These incidents can have a negative impact on the amenity of the area
and also pose a risk to human health. There is an additional risk that the sewage may enter
a watercourse and result damage to the aquatic environment.
However, for elsewhere within the district where the public sewer network does not have
sufficient capacity for any further developments this is not an objection from YW to any
development in that part of Bradford. Yorkshire Water through the LDF process will identify
issues that will need to be addressed, either by Yorkshire Water Service through its capital
investment programme or by developer funding through sewer requisitions.
Future Plan/Programme
Yorkshire Water use local development plans, economic information, population forecasts
and other data to plan for growth and new provision. The Water Resources Management
Plan (2010 – 2035) is based on local population forecasts from ONS 2005 mid year
estimates and 2004 based projections, as well as house building forecasts and econometric
data.
The forecast in the Water Resources Management Plan (2010 – 2035) is for considerably
reduced housing growth, mainly as a result of the current economic crisis. The table below
shows Yorkshire Water has adopted a mid range forecast to plan for properties across the
region demanding new water and waste water connections within the grid surface water
zone (GSWZ).
Table: New property forecast range
From 2010 demand figures for new domestic properties assume a per capita consumption of
120 litres per head per day, based on new properties being built in line with code for
sustainable homes standards. It is assumed non-households will use 118.3 litres per
property per day.
Yorkshire Water is required by the Water Industry Act 1991 to allow for new growth and
invest in their infrastructure accordingly. The company works within five year investment
periods; the current Asset Management Plan (AMP5) commenced in April 2010. The
planned growth scenario submitted to Ofwat (Yorkshire Water’s regulator) plans for the
majority of provision around existing settlements and has made allowance for growth across
Bradford. Within the five year period if development exceeds the level of forecast growth or
proposals are not planned for within adopted local plans, developers will have to fund the
connections and any necessary improvements to infrastructure. Developers can either make
contributions to the utilities provider or wait for this development to be factored into the
59
following Yorkshire Water plan period. This only applies to waste water treatment; a
developer may still be required to contribute to sewerage network improvements.
It is likely that local reinforcements will be required to service local developments as and
when these are allocated. These are considered as extensions to existing local distribution
networks and would be consistent with costs that would normally be associated with
providing services to developments.
Whilst the current situation shows a healthy resource in Yorkshire, climate change and new
legislation on abstractions means there is potential need to adapt the water grid. Yorkshire
Water estimates a possible 10% reduction in water yields due to climate change over the
period to 2035 (Strategic Direction Statement, 2010 pg 29). Any shortfalls in supply can be
addressed by implementing demand reduction options (such as leakage control) as well as
development of existing assets.
The Floods and Water Management Act (April 2010) legislates for a new set of national
standards for the sewerage network and sustainable drainage, as well as protecting water
supplies. The sewerage network across Bradford will be subject to a high level modelling
study during Asset Management Plan 5 to investigate areas of deficiency.
6.2 Flood Defences
Flood risk is a real and also a perceived issue throughout Yorkshire, not only in Bradford
where demand and potential for further development, particularly in new housing sectors,
are increasing every year. Major flooding incidents have often resulted in the Council and
others making policy and operational changes to water management in order to reduce the
risk of further floods or to reduce the damage caused. The local authority together with the
environment agency is therefore working towards improving the standard of protection of the
existing communities and infrastructures. The government also has developed a strategy in
the form of PPS 25 that aims to use the planning system to reduce the demand for further
flood defences by protecting natural floodplains from development, and to steer investment
away from areas of high flood risk
60
Bradford district encompasses a significant part of the catchment for the river Aire. The Aire
enters the district from the Craven District to the north west, and has a number of major
tributaries from the south. To the north, the Bradford district is bounded by the Wharfe
corridor, although there is a part to the north of the river at Ilkley which lies within the
CBMDC area. The Aire, Wharfe, Worth and Silsden Beck are classified as main rivers and
are the responsibility of the Environment Agency, although parts of the Aire are managed by
the Drainage Board. Flooding from the Aire is moderated by the extensive washlands
upstream of the district. Flood risk in the district may be examined by accessing the EA’s on-
line maps that have recently been updated. These show the likelihood of inland areas being
affected by flooding for both a 1% (100 to 1) and 0.1% (1000 to 1) chance of occurrence in
any one year.
The ‘natural’ flood plains shown are illustrated as if there were no flood defences in place,
although where these exist, they show higher levels of protection.
The EA Flood Risk maps currently show some 3,476 properties as potentially at risk from
flooding within the boundaries of Bradford Council. This figure is a “count” of the properties
within the floodplain in the “urban” areas as defined by the areas shown grey on the
1:50,000 Ordnance Survey maps.
Bradford has a history of land and property being flooded through heavy downpours of rain
and watercourses overflowing their banks. Flooding can be caused by main rivers bursting
their banks or by localised incidents involving smaller becks or by surcharging drainage
systems. Communities on the Rivers Aire and Wharfe were flooded during the November
2000 event. As a result delineation of the natural floodplain is well understood.
During the flooding of November 2000 significant numbers of properties were affected along
the River Aire at Shipley, Bingley and Apperley Bridge and particularly at Stockbridge, where
61
substantial flood damages were sustained as a result of structural failure of the river
defences, which have subsequently been reinstated and improved. In general relatively few
areas within the Bradford District are constituted as ‘defended areas’. Flooding from the
River Aire is modified by a substantial system of washlands upstream of Bradford. During
periods of high flow, water spills into these vital washland areas, reducing maximum flood
areas downstream (ie within residential communities).
An increased programme of investment is currently underway to improve the standard of
protection to existing communities. The Authority works in partnership with a variety of
organisations to address water management in the district. European funding has been
accessed for flood alleviation capital projects. Water management strategies and
programmes aim to:
• Reduce the risk of flooding
• Mitigate the effect of flooding
• Provide coordinated and effective emergency responses to flooding incidents
A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment for Bradford District was carried out in 2003 in
consultation with the Environment Agency and Yorkshire Water. Primarily this used existing
data sources and provided information on the nature of flood risk in the district, and its
potential consequences with respect to the allocation of proposed development sites. Only a
handful of sites out of 400 allocations have been subsequently withdrawn or re-phased, a
proportion of these until such time that further investigations have been undertaken. More
recently PPS 25 clarifies the Sequential Test that matches types of development to degrees
of flood risk and strengthens the requirement to include flood risk at all levels of the planning
process
The Strategic Flood Risk Assesment (SFRA) identified the main river flooding issues as
given in following Table.
62
Table 2: Known Main River Flooding Issues – Bradford District
Source: Bradford Strategic Flood Risk Assessment Final Report 2003
The report also highlighted the known flooding issues related to the ‘Critical Ordinary
Watercourses’ and also summarises Surface Water Drainage Related Issues across the
district.
The council has recently agreed to review the current SFRA in order to update the flood risk
issues across the district and investigate the scope of the phase 2 recommendations
outlined in the SFRA. At the time of writing this report the council is preparing tender briefs
inviting independent consultants to carry out this assessment.
In March 2005 the council also published a Review to consider the Future of Water
Management and the Associated Problems of Flooding in the Bradford District9 that
analysed information from agencies involved in water management and the public affected
by flooding in order to support future policy development and implementation. The report
particularly highlighted how the nature and the scale of flood risk in Bradford district could be
affected by future developments in regeneration, the landuse planning system, new
9 BMDC (2005) Review to consider the Future of Water Management and the Associated Problems of Flooding in the Bradford District. Report dated March 2005. Policy Development Service, CBMDC.
63
legislation, and new working practices. In conclusion, it outlined a range of recommendations
based on its inquiry on the following key issues-
• The risk, nature and scale of flooding in the district
• Key actions required for reducing the risk of flooding
• Key actions required for mitigating the effects of flooding
The designation of the flood plains by the Environment Agency has seriously affected the
availability of development sites where land and property are seen to be at risk. This not only
restricts new development but also makes the redevelopment of existing buildings and
brownfield sites potentially very difficult. The above report however envisaged that landuse
plans (including the Airedale Master plan and the City Centre Master Plan) will recommend
that new developments will include alternative methods of urban water management
including rainwater harvesting, the use of reed beds, permeable hard surfaces, grey water
recycling etc. The delivery of these innovative systems will require partnership working with
the developers, the EA, YW and Bradford Council. There are of course other opportunities
such as tree planting, and the creation of water storage and retention areas, which need to
be considered.
Flood risk will also influence the strategic choices for development that are to be addressed
in the Core Strategy. A balanced view of the competing objectives of reducing flood risk and
achieving regeneration will need to be taken when considering development in certain areas,
particularly Bradford City and locations along the valley floor within Airedale.
The Council are currently working with the Environment Agency in the producing of a Level 1
Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (being prepared by JBA on behalf of the Council) to inform
the LDF Core Strategy. Finding from the latest SFRA will be used to update and inform the
Local Infrastructure Plan.
6.3 Drainage
The Land Drainage Authority is Bradford District Council which manages xx miles of
drainage infrastructure. It has a responsibility for natural drainage and has powers
associated with the prevention, mitigation and remedying of flood damage. Powers exist to
maintain and improve existing watercourses and to construct new works for the benefit of the
district.
In defined areas Internal Drainage Boards have operational and regulatory powers on
specific ordinary watercourses. They operate and improve flood defences and provide an
emergency response. They can raise money through local drainage rates, funding from
Local Authorities and Grant Aid from DEFRA.
The Airedale internal Drainage Board is operational on the River Aire in the Bradford District
between Eastburn and Keighley.
64
A considerable proportion of the ordinary watercourses within the Bradford district are
designated ‘Critical Ordinary Watercourses’. This designation reflects a known issue with
respect to flooding, and is generally associated with (for example) limited channel capacity,
channel constrictions and/or a poor maintenance regime.
The location and extents of Critical Ordinary Watercourses (COWs) within the Bradford
district have been provided by the Environment Agency (NE Region), Dales and Ridings
Area(s).
Table: Critical Ordinary Watercourses – Bradford District
Dales Area Ridings Area
Backstone Beck Town Beck
Barnsley Beck Blackshaw Beck Bowling Beck Bradford Beck
Bridgehouse Beck
Harden Beck Leeming Beck Nab Wood Beck
North Beck Providence Lane
(Unnamed watercourse)
River Worth (upper) Tributary(s) Silsden Beck Utley Area
Source: Bradford SFRA (2003)
The Bradford Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (2003) has identified known critical surface
water drainage problem areas across the district in consulation with the council and
Yorkshire water. Generally these issue areas are predominantly those sites affected by
failure of the surface water drainage network (including combined sewer systems in older
areas) as a result of limited system capacity and/or blockage. These areas are broadly
summarised in Table below.
Table: Known Critical Surface Water Issue Areas
Location Nature of Problem
Idle (Haigh Beck) Residential properties affected by flooding within lower reaches. Complex combined sewer network of unknown capacity
Apperley Bridge (Carr Beck) Properties affected by watercourse flooding within lower reaches near the confluence with the Aire.
Addingham (Town Beck) Residential properties affected by watercourse and drainage flooding within constrained upper reaches.
Silsden (Silsden Beck Tributaries)
Residential properties affected by watercourse and drainage flooding within constrained upper reaches.
Bradford City Centre (Bradford Beck)
High value commercial properties affected by localised flooding within city centre. Complex combined sewer network upstream. System capacity constrained by 300m length of culvert under Canal Street
Source: Bradford SFRA (2003)
Notwithstanding the key problem areas identified above, Yorkshire Water has highlighted
that there could be potential future problem sites in areas within which it is recognised that
the existing surface water drainage system does not have sufficient capacity to adequately
service any proposed future developments.
65
Furthermore, the Keighley Drainage Study (Babtie) was commissioned by CBMDC to
investigate explicitly the potential impact that the current sewer system represents upon the
local environment (considering both water quality and flooding issues). The study also
considered the capacity of the current sewer infrastructure to adequately support future
development within the Keighley area. In summary, a small proportion of the existing sewer
system was highlighted as exhibiting a less than desirable capacity (i.e. sewer overflows
expected during storm conditions resulting in poor water quality and/or localised flooding)
under current and/or future development conditions within the study area. At the time of
writing, with the exception of a limited number of proposed Combined Sewer Overflow
(CSO) upgrades, no information had been provided by Yorkshire Water to confirm (or
otherwise) whether future capital improvement schemes were intended to address these
potential problem areas.
It is emphasised that, within many areas of the Bradford district, surface water runoff is
channelled into the combined sewer system. During periods of wet weather, the capacity of
the sewer system is often exceeded, and this is managed through a form of ‘controlled’
release via a Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO). The number of CSOs in operation
throughout the Bradford district is considerable, and not surprisingly the frequency and
volume (and hence associated flood risk) of overflows at each individual CSO location is not
fully understood.
7.0 Waste Production and Management In 2007 (the latest data available) the total amount of waste produced (known as waste
arisings) in the District is estimated to have been at least 852,489 tonnes excluding
Construction Demolition and Excavation Waste10. This rises to a best estimate of 1,424,003
tonnes when all waste types are included:
• Agricultural waste: waste arising from a farm or market garden, including organic
matter such as manure, slurry, silage effluent and crop residues, but also packaging
and films, and animal treatment dips;
• Commercial waste: waste arising from wholesalers, catering establishments,
shops and offices (in both the public and private sector). This also includes
municipal waste collected by commercial waste agencies;
• Construction and demolition waste: waste arising from the construction, repair,
maintenance and demolition of buildings and structures. For this waste type it is
important to note that the original figures from the RSS have been used as they are
likely to portray a more accurate reflection of waste arising of this type due to
certain exclusions within the waste data interrogator figures for C&D waste;
• Hazardous waste: defined in European Law as those wastes included within the
European Waste Catalogue because they possess one or more of the hazardous
properties set out in the Hazardous Waste Directive. Waste data figures for
hazardous waste type is taken from the Hazardous Waste Interrogator 2007;
10 Data taken from Waste Data Interrogator 2007 produced by the Environment Agency
66
• Industrial waste: waste arising from factories and industrial plants; and
• Municipal waste: includes household waste and other waste collected by waste
collection authorities.
The figures below outline the waste arisings within the District in 2007. They illustrate large
contributions to the total waste arisings across the District from Municipal Solid Waste and
Commercial and Industrial, together accounting for over 56% of total estimated waste
arisings. Construction, Demolition & Excavation waste is also likely to produce large
contributions to total waste arisings although these figures are only estimates from regional
data.
Figure: Breakdown of Waste Arisings in Bradford (2007)
18%
38%
40%
2% 2%
Municipal Solid WasteCommercial and Industrial Waste
Construction, Demolition and Excavation WasteHazardous WasteAgricultural Waste
Source: Waste and Hazardous Waste Data Interrogator set, 2007, Environment Agency
Figure: Summary of Waste Arisings in Bradford (2007)
Type of Waste Arising Arisings (tonnes)
Municipal Solid Waste (BMDC only) 261,065
Commercial and Industrial Waste 547,131
Construction, Demolition and Excavation Waste11 571,514
Hazardous Waste 21,821
Agricultural Waste12 22,472
TOTAL 1,424,003
Source: Waste and Hazardous Waste Data Interrogator, 2007, Environment Agency
11 NB: Robust data is not available at the time of writing specific to Bradford. In order to generate a figure for Construction,
Demolition and Excavation Waste arisings for Bradford the Yorkshire and Humber total has been divided by 21 (the number of UA / District areas within the region) as an average. It is noted that in the context of Bradford relative to the other administrative areas across the region that this figure is likely to be a low estimate.
12 NB: Data on Agricultural Waste arisings across Bradford is believed to be a low estimate based on some data being excluded
or counted as commercial and industrial waste due to licensing of premises additionally the Environment Agency does not count most of this type of waste. Agricultural waste arisings excludes manure or straw. Manure and slurry when spread at the place of production, for the benefit of agriculture, is not considered waste.
67
Municipal Waste
Bradford MDC covers an area of 141 square miles (36,536 hectares), and contains some
200,000 domestic properties. The vast majority of municipal waste is delivered directly to the
2 transfer stations (in Bradford to the south of the District, and Keighley to the north). The
waste is bulk loaded and transported by road to landfill sites in Wakefield and Skipton
(outside the district). The volume of waste produced is currently growing at approximately 2-
3% per annum.
Table: Wastes produced in 2005/0613
Source: Environ (2008)
The types of municipal waste produced in Bradford (for 2005/06) are identified in the table
above. The information was derived from the Waste Treatment Project Outline Business
Case January 2008.
7.1 Waste Collection, Treatment and Disposal Services
13 Source: Bradford Waste DPD Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report Revision (Environ, 2008)
68
The Council operates 4 very different and discrete waste collection services. Operating from
two bases, Harris Street at Bradford and Stockbridge at Keighley, 185 operational staff,
utilising 60 frontline vehicles, collect approximately 210,000 tonnes of waste per annum.
Table: Waste Collection Services
Domestic Refuse Collection
The domestic collection service is delivered with 31 operational rounds, of these 28 service
the urban areas utilising 26 tonne vehicles with a driver and 2 loaders. The rural areas
represent 60% of the district are serviced with 3 rounds operating on 11 tonne vehicles with
a driver and loader. The Authority began the introduction of wheeled bins in 1998 and
completed the process in December 2000. The weekly service collects 162,000 tonnes
annually of domestic waste from 200,000 households.
Recycling
The division collects paper and glass via separate 240 litre wheeled bins from 120,000
households across the District. The monthly service uses 26 tonnes compaction vehicles to
collect over 10,000 tonnes of recyclates per annum.
Bulky Household Collection
Three dedicated bulk collection crews of a driver and one operative collect 3,000 tonnes of
bulky waste from around of 30,000 requests per annum.
Trade Waste Service
The trade portfolio has 5,500 customers and a turnover of £3.7m. There are 22 operational
staff operating 10 frontline vehicles. The service collects 43,000 tonnes of trade waste from
a variety of commercial and industrial premises.
To handle all the waste collected by the above, the Council operates a number of facilities
and functions. Within the District there are a number of waste management facilities,
including:
• Landfill sites;
• Civic amenity / household waste recycling centres;
• Waste transfer sites;
• Metal recycling sites;
• Storage sites; and
• Treatment sites.
In total there were 61 such facilities across the District in 2007. These are broken down by
site category in the table below.
69
Table: Number of Operational Waste Management Facilities in Bradford (2007)
Type of Waste Management Facility Number of Facilities
Landfill 2
MRS 21
Treatment 4
Transfer 34
TOTAL 61 facilities
Source: Waste Date Interrogator, 2007, Environment Agency
TableX provides an outline capacity for each of the facility types across the District in tonnes.
This data is taken from the previous RATS Data set (2005), prepared by the Environment
Agency, which represents the best available data currently in record and will be subject to
further update and analysis during the net review of the baseline analysis report.
Table : Capacity of Operational Waste Management Facilities in Bradford (2005)
Type of Waste Management Facility Capacity of Facilities
(tonnes)
Landfill
Inert 944,260
Non Hazardous 1,089,356
Restricted 165,000
Transfer
Civic Amenity/Household Waste Recycling Sites 81,997
Waste Transfer 1,005,678
Metal Recycling Sites
Car Breaker 102,149
Metal Recycling 1,161,800
Storage
In-House Storage 2,500
Pet Crematorium 75
70
Treatment
Chemical Treatment 250
Physical-Chemical Treatment 80,914
TOTAL (including Waste Transfer) 4,633,979
TOTAL (excluding Waste Transfer) 1,347,688
Source: RATS Data set, 2005, Environment Agency
To deal with MSW specifically the following treatment and disposal services are currently
being used in the district.
Table: Municipal Waste Treatment and Disposal Services in the District
Transfer Stations
There are 2 transfer stations:
• Royd Way, Keighley - handles approximately 70,000 t/pa
• Bowling Back Lane, Bradford - handles approximately 180,000 t/pa These sites are
purpose built facilities, providing weighing in and out of all loads, and categorising waste
into type, source and destination. The sites utilise large items of plant and 44 tonne road
going haulage and are open 362 days per year.
Currently Bradford transfer station hauls to Welbeck landfill near Wakefield, operated by
WRG (contracted minimum of 160,000 t/pa): Keighley transfer station hauls to Skibedon
Landfill near Skipton, operated by Yorwaste (contracted minimum of 60,000 t/pa). Landfill
contracts end in 2010 but it is likely that BMDC will need to procure further landfill contracts
to 2015. There are no suitable landfills in the Bradford area.
The transfer sites also receive waste directly from traders and commercial waste collections
for which a charge is levied. They also offer a public weighbridge facility for which a charge
is levied. A household waste recycling centre is also provided at each transfer station.
Materials Reclamation Facility (MRF)
A small MRF is located at Bowling Back Lane and processes waste for recycling. Dry
recyclables are received from Household Waste Recycling Centres, bring sites and wheeled
bin recycling schemes. The facility incorporates a sorting and picking station, magnetic
separations, and metal, aluminium, card, paper, textile and plastic baling equipment. Once
recycling waste is received, the waste is cleaned up and sorted into various types and
grades and put into a suitable form for onward transportation to specialist recycling
merchants. Any reject or non suitable materials are deposited as a waste into the adjoining
transfer station.
71
Household Waste Recycling Centres
There are 7 sites located throughout the District, (formerly known as Civic Amenity Sites).
The sites are open for the public to use to dispose of bulky or excess waste and to deposit
materials for recycling (these sites are not available for traders to use).
These sites are open 7 days per week, 362 days per year, and are serviced by a fleet of 4 x
32 tonne container handling vehicles. The quality of the site infrastructures varies from well
planned sites such as Sugden End, to ones with little space or facilities (e.g. Golden Butts,
Ilkley). Significant infrastructure improvements have taken place recently, with further action
planned for 2006.
Chemical Advisory Service (CAS)
A chemical advisory service is offered to inspect, investigate, consign, transport and
correctly dispose of small quantities or unwanted chemicals.
• Lab chemicals e.g., from schools, colleges etc.
• Pharmaceuticals.
• Herbicides.
• Poisons.
• Chemical reagents.
• Unidentified powders and liquids.
The service is offered at no charge to Bradford householders. An inspection, collection and
disposal charge is made to outside companies and organisations.
Contract Management
Disposal contracts for deposit of waste to landfill are managed including:
- two major contracts for landfill (described below);
- the disposal of difficult or special wastes to landfill e.g., tyres, asbestos;
- incineration of various chemicals from CAS or analysis of chemicals;
- incineration of clinical wastes;
- recycling contracts for various types of products with recycling/reclamation
- merchants;
- composting of green wastes;
- other minor contracts associated with operations.
Landfill Aftercare
The service is also responsible for looking after the legacy of previous landfilling of municipal
wastes within the District, including site restoration and maintenance, and environmental
control measures for areas such as landfill gas and leachates. This aftercare will continue
for many years into the future and includes environmental monitoring, which involves the
collection of field data via monitoring equipment, its subsequent collation and interpretation,
culminating in a quarterly report to the Environment Agency. This service is also provided to
72
some outside agencies for which a fee is levied.
Currently a landfill gas flaring system is operating at the Sugden End landfill, along with
leachate pumping. Progressive capping and restoration continues at this site, other sites are
now restored but still require monitoring and land management.
Maps showing all the Transfer and Landfill Facilities Location are attached in appendix 1.
Management of non-municipal waste sources is listed below-
Commercial and Industrial
There are approximately 10 sites in the District managing general commercial and industrial
(C & I) waste. 8 of the sites are located to the south of the district, in or around the City
Centre area (particularly the Bowling area), with 2 sites to the north of the District (in the
Keighley/Eldwick area). Most of the 10 sites are waste transfer stations, which sort the
waste, recycle what is possible and dispose of that material which cannot be recycled to
landfill
There are 4 specialist sites which specialise in managing animal wastes, 2 of the specialist
sites are located in the city centre area and 2 to the east of the district in the
Thorton/Harecroft area. These sites undertake processes such as rendering and
incineration.
Construction and Demolition Waste
Currently there are approximately 8 sites managing construction and demolition (C&D)
waste. 7 of the sites are located to the south of the district (near or within the city centre)
and 1 site is to the north (in the Keighley area). Most of the sites are waste transfer stations
which recycle the material to produce a secondary aggregate and divert the unrecyclable C
& D to landfill. 3 of the sites also manage the C & I waste detailed above.
Hazardous Waste
There is currently one major facility managing hazardous waste which is situated in the
south of the district (in the Bowling Back Lane area).
Agricultural Waste
There is no facility managing this type of waste in the Bradford District. The farmers
currently manage this waste individually on their agricultural holding.
7.2 Waste Composition
In 2002 MEL Research (MEL) was commissioned to undertake an analysis of kerbside
collected domestic wastes in Bradford. MEL found that the average Asian household size
was 4.58 people, while average for non-Asian was 2.40 people, and also the Asian
households had a younger age profile.
73
In terms of overall weight of waste put out for disposal, Asian households produced 18.36kg
/ week, while non-Asian households 14.52kg / week. When household size is taken into
account, residual weight per capita for Asian household was 4.01kg / week, as against
6.05kg / week for non-Asian households.
Observation as to difference in waste composition showed there to be more kitchen waste
and disposable nappies in Asian households, and conversely more glass in non-Asian
households.
The survey found surprisingly similar levels of awareness of recycling facilities at household
waste sites and drop-off recycling sites, but interestingly Asian households tended to donate
higher levels of clothing and textiles to charitable/fund raising collections. Despite higher
levels of kitchen waste, Asian households tended not to compost their waste, even where
they had a garden.
The survey showed 37% of Asians and 48% of non-Asian households putting garden waste
directly into the residual waste stream. The report found that enthusiasm for recycling is
probably determined more by levels of deprivation than by ethnicity.
The overall waste composition for waste collected at the kerbside for Bradford is detailed in
the table below.
Table : Summary MEL Kerbside Waste Composition Analysis (Bradford)
Waste Stream Kg per household/week % by weight
Putrescibles 57.0 38.6
Paper and card 33.9 23.5
Misc. combustible 10.6 7.4
Glass 9.8 6.9
Dense plastic 9.3 6.5
Plastic film 7.2 5.0
Textiles 5.0 3.5
Ferrous metal 4.6 3.2
Misc. non-combustible 2.8 2.0
Non-ferrous metal 2.3 1.6
WEEE 0.7 1.5
Fines 0.4 0.3
TOTAL 143.6 100
74
Household Waste Recycling Centres
Some 51,000 tonnes of waste (23% of the District’s domestic waste) arises from Bradford’s
7 Household Waste Recycling Centres (HWRC). MEL undertook a survey of HWRC waste
use and waste types in July 2002.
Survey data, plus data held by the department indicates that:
• 50% of all HWRC inputs by weight arises on weekends.
• around 60% of all inputs are delivered in summer months (April to September).
• the heaviest fractions from the sample representing 75% of total weight are:
- electrical and electronic equipment 15.6%
- green waste 14.8%
- mixed household (bin waste) 14.3%
- hardcore/rubble 11.3%
- textiles 10.3%
- wood 9.1%
The biodegradable content of the HWRC waste surveyed is reproduced in the table below.
Table: Biodegradable material, HWRC July 2002
Friday Saturday Primary Category Sub Category
% %
Recyclable paper 1.4 0.9
Recyclable card 0.0 0.0
Cardboard 4.5 2.7 Paper and card
Non-recyclable paper 2.8 0.9
Textiles Man made and natural fibres 4.1 6.6
Shoes 0.1 0.0
Wood 8.9 9.2 Misc. combustible
Other combustible 1.4 0.3
Soil 0.0 0.0 Misc. non-combustible
Other non-combustible 0.8 0.1
Soft compostable garden waste 9.1 22.6 Putrescible
Other putrescibles 1.6 0.0
Fines Particles >10mm 0.4 0.0
75
Mixed Household Normally material for the wheeled bin 7.8 10.6
TOTAL 42.9 53.9
7.3 Recycling and Composting in Bradford
Bradford MDC achieved a recycling / composting rate for domestic waste of 23.8% for
2007/8 against a local service agreement target of 24%. Recently published research
suggests 30% is the maximum recycling level likely to be achieve in large metropolitan areas
such as Bradford.
Approximately 55% of waste in 2004/05 was sourced from refuse collection, approximately
17.5% of waste was collected from household waste and recycling centres and a further 7%
was collected in trade waste containers including commercial and industrial waste handled
by the Council.
The Government has set (and will continue to revise and review) performance standards
relating to such areas as recycling and composting, along with specific guidance as to how
definitions these indicators are to be calculated e.g., what materials count and how
measured. The current statutory recycling target (2005/06) BV82 (a) + (b) for Bradford is
24%. Clearly the achievement of BVPI targets will be a very important feature of any long
term strategy for Bradford’s waste.
Table: Recycling and composing trend data based on BVPIs
Source: Bradford Waste DPD Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report Revision (Environ, 2008)
To achieve the 16.7% recycling target in 2004/5, the Council employed a number of
initiatives:
• a diversion rate of nearly 50% is achieved at HWRC;
• a kerbside recycling scheme based on paper is provided to 60% of all
76
• domestic properties on an opt out basis;
• a kerbside recycling scheme based on glass/cans is provided to 10% of all
• domestic properties on an opt in basis;
• drop off banks are provided across the District; and
• green waste kerbside collection.
7.4 Future Waste Position in Bradford to 2021
Bradford is subject to a number of waste targets derived from the national, regional and local
levels.
At the national level, the following targets apply:
• Landfill: By 2010 reduce the amount of biodegradable municipal waste sent to
landfill to 75% of the total generated in 1995; 50% by 2013 an 35% by 2020
(Landfill Directive).
• Recycling and composting of household waste: At least 40% by 2010; 45% by 2015
and 50% by 2020 (Waste Strategy 2007).
• Recovery of municipal waste: 53% by 2010; 67% by 2015 and 75% by 2020 (Waste
Strategy 2007).
• Commercial and industrial waste: Reduce amount going to landfill by 20% in 2010
compared to 2004 (Waste Strategy 2007).
At the regional level the following targets apply:
• Waste production: Reduce the annual increase in waste growth to 2% (from 3%) by
2008/09 (Yorkshire and Humber Regional Waste Strategy).
• 100% of waste developments should be in compliance with the Regional Plan’s
locational criteria in Policy ENV14. 100% of local authorities have allocated
sufficient sites in line with Policy ENV14.
Local targets are shown in the BVPI table above.
Predictions have been made at Regional level through the RSS on the likely waste to be
managed up to 2021. Predictions have also been made on the landfill capacity, treatment
and recycling required for municipal waste and commercial and Industrial waste (in order to
meet targets) and these are illustrated below.
77
Table : Municipal solid waste forecasts for Bradford
Table : Commercial and industrial waste forecasts for Bradford
Source: Regional Spatial Strategy (2008)
Recycling and composting trend data based on BVPIs indicate that by 2008/2009, the target
rate should be 26% of all wastes are recycled or composted. Performance targets and
predictions for household waste for 2020 estimate 33% of waste will be recycled or
composted.
Bradford’s Municipal Waste Management Strategy outlines the current management of the
waste stream and details the challenging targets set by Government through policy and
other legislative drivers such as the Landfill Allowance Trading Scheme. The Strategy
analyses how these drivers seek to divert municipal waste from landfill, increase recycling
and move the management of waste up the waste hierarchy. The strategy acknowledges the
need for a step change to the management of municipal waste, up the waste hierarchy and
away from landfilling.
8. Information Technology and Communication (ITC)
8.1 Broadband and wireless
There are two main fixed-line networks that provide telecommunications access to homes
and businesses that operate in the Bradford District; Openreach (the main access network
owned by BT, and the most significant) and Virgin Media (the cable television networks). In
78
addition, large commercial users may bypass these access networks to get direct access to
other national networks.
Telecommunications traffic (data and voice) travels on several major national networks and
between access networks. Major providers include BT, Cable & Wireless, Virgin Media and
Thus. These providers connect to the access networks at exchanges, or in the case of large
commercial customers, directly to end-users.
There is an open market for the provision of telecoms access networks to new development,
similar to that in other utility sectors. This is set out below.
BT Openreach: Most residential customers and small businesses access telephone and
broadband services via the Openreach network. Openreach owns, maintains and develops
the telecommunications network between local exchanges and users’ homes and
businesses – the part of the network often referred to as the ‘local loop’, ‘final mile’ or
‘access network’.
Openreach is currently part of BT, operating as an independent business unit. The formation
of Openreach as a separate entity within BT was part of an agreement with Ofcom to ensure
that this essential final component of the network was available to all providers, including BT
itself on an equal basis. In this respect, Openreach and its access network now operates in a
similar model to the gas and electricity distributors.
Similarly, there is an open market for the provision of telecoms networks to new
developments – although this is developing market, and generally only major new residential
schemes are being served in this way. However, these networks include FTTH (Fibre to the
Home) provision, also known as Next Generation Access. FTTH offers significantly faster
and more reliable and consistent broadband connections than is possible using the copper
wire access networks. Openreach is undertaking a FTTH trail as part of new residential
development at Ebbsfleet in the Thames Gateway.
In recent times BT has upgraded/in the process of upgrading several exchanges across
Bradford aiming to link more businesses and homes to fibre broadband connections across
the district. To date Shipley and Low Moor have been enabled. Cullingwoth, Haworth,
Bingley, Dudley Hill, Burley and Undercliffe are also in their programme for future connection
and the Council is confident about getting more exchanges into the programme. After the
changes have been made, more super-fast lines will be set-up in the region boosting
communication links for business and homes. This plan is part of BT's £1.5 billion pledge to
make super-fast fibre broadband available to 40% of the UK, equivalent to 10 million homes,
by 2012. 14
The Council was also involved in a LCR bid (led by Calderdale) for the Broadband Delivery
UK (BDUK) funding. The bid has received £6,340,000 to help upgrade approximately
14 http://racetoinfinityandbeyond.veadas.net/ [accessed 11 November 2010].
79
212,336 (21.2% of total premises) White Premises (i.e. premises that are eligible for subsidy
because they cannot currently get a good broadband connection) across the region15. The
implementation of the full programme will require the development of a Local Broadband
Plan which the Council envisages to do in near future. In terms of Bradford’s input into the
bid the focus has been upon Steeton and Silsden as this exchange is not currently in BT’s
investment programme and its likely to be area of population growth and demand.
Virgin Media: The main urban areas in the region (excluding Hull) are served by the Virgin
Media network. The Virgin Media network is the result of consolidation in the Cable TV
industry, and is an amalgamation of Cable TV franchises awarded and developed in the
1980s and 1990s, most recently with the merger of NTL and Telewest. Whilst there are still
some Cable TV networks outside the control of Virgin Media, there are none in the Yorkshire
& Humber Region. Maps showing the broad extent of the Virgin Media controlled franchise
areas and core network are shown below:-
Figure: Approximate Extent of the Virgin Media Cable Network
Notes: Blue areas show the extent of Virgin Media Cable TV franchises, the purple areas show the actual extent of network deployment. Virgin Media also operates a national network of trunk routes (not shown).
15 http://www.ispreview.co.uk/story/2011/08/16/uk-government-allocates-remaining-superfast-
broadband-budget-to-local-councils.html [accessed 11 October 2011]
80
The Virgin Media network is notable for a number of reasons. Firstly it is the only major
network that provides a physical alternative to the Openreach access network for fixed-line
telephony and broadband services to a significant proportion of existing homes and
businesses in the Bradford District. Secondly, its basic system architecture is significantly
different from the Openreach network, insofar as high capacity fibre optic cabling is used to
streetcabinet level, with services from street cabinets to the end users delivered using
highcapacity co-axial cable for broadband and television services as well as a traditional
copper telephone line for voice calls. As a result much higher broadband speeds are
possible compared to the Openreach copper wire network and (subject to being served by
the network) there is no degradation in broadband service in relation to proximity to an
exchange.
However, Virgin Media is generally not investing in speculative investment in expanding the
network any further, and those homes and small businesses without access to the network
are unlikely to get it in the future, including new development. An important reason for this is
the debt accrued by the Cable TV companies building the network which now exists, with the
commercial emphasis now on generating income. Major commercial customers can still
expect investment to be made to secure a connection to the network.
8.2 Telecommunication
British Telecom (BT) reports that in their opinion adequate infrastructure capacity is available
in Bradford District at present. In terms of future capacity, the licence under which BT
operate requires them to provide network capacity upon request only.
8.3 Mobile Phone Coverage
2G stands for Second Generation and is the technical name for the standard mobile
network. Outdoors, the 2G network covers over 99% of the UK population and allows people
to make calls, send text and photo messages and surf the mobile internet. The District has
2G coverage from the following main network operators:-
• Orange
• O2
• Vodaphone
• T – Mobile
• 3
3G stands for Third Generation and is the technical name the most up to date mobile
network. The 3G network provides the same level of service as the standard 2G network
plus the ability to make video calls (between most 3G phones) and download email, music
and videos from the mobile internet at up to ten times faster than on 2G (it works at up to
384kbps). The 3G network can also be used for mobile broadband. This district has 3G
coverage from the following main network operators:-
• Orange
• O2
81
• Vodaphone
• T – Mobile
• 3
Maps showing mobile phone coverage for the main operators can be viewed by visiting the
website: - http://www.directmobilephones.com/coverage.htm
To view and find details about the mobile phone base stations located across the district
please visit the website: http://www.sitefinder.ofcom.org.uk/.
Typically a base station consists of an equipment cabinet, an antenna that sends and
receives radio waves to and from mobile phones and a structure that supports the antenna.
The radio waves can carry speech, data, music, pictures etc.
Each base station provides coverage for a given area. Base stations can be a few hundred
metres apart in major cities or several kilometres apart in rural areas. The transmitting power
of any particular base station is variable and depends on several factors, including the
number of calls and the distance between the base station and the mobile phones making
the calls.
The Ofcom database above includes base stations operated by the public cellular operators,
O2, Orange, 3, Tmobile and Vodafone and also the private GSM stations operated by
Network Rail and the TETRA network operated by Airwave Solutions Ltd for the Emergency
Services.
8.4 Public Phones
BT has over 63,000 public payphones in operation throughout the UK. With BT's Internet
kiosks you can surf the web, send email and check your web based email account, send text
messages to mobile phones, and make telephone calls.
The following are the types of public payphones-
• Standard payphone - Make telephone calls to landlines and mobile phones.
• Text and email payphone - Make telephone calls, send text messages to mobile
phones and emails.
• Internet kiosks - Make telephone calls, send text messages and access to Internet
based services when you are on the move.
• Text direct - Text direct allows a caller to send a message to another text phone by
using the keypad or dictating a message via an operator.
Text Direct Public Phone locations in Bradford are as follows:-
• Bradford Forster Square o/s Subway jcn of Petergate BD1 4JB
• Bradford Broadway Bank St BD1 1JD
82
• Bradford Broadway jcn. Broadway/Cheapside BD1 1DA
• Bradford Darley Street Keynet site jcn Duke Street BD1 3HH
• Bradford Darley Street Keynet site nr Kirkgate BD1 3HH
• Bradford Ivegate Keynet site BD1 1SQ
• Bradford Kirkgate Keynet 86 nr Market entrance BD1 1QT
• Bradford School Street keynet 85 jct cheapside/ BD1 4NH
• Bradford Westgate Keynet o/s Kirkgate Mkt BD1 2QL
Location of public Phone Boxes in Bradford District can be purchased from:-
http://www.ukpayphone.com/index.php
9. Public realm
9.1 Footways
Footways are classified according to their location and levels of use. Thus, town centre,
heavily used footways, would be regarded as Category 1, whereas footways in suburban or
rural settings off the main roads would be Category 3 or 4. The breakdown for footways
across the District is as follows:
The Council spent £xx on footway maintenance last year. 9.2 Street furniture Bradford Council installs and maintains street furniture along the carriageway and footway
across the District. There are xx litter bins, xx highway benches, 57,000 street lights, 8,000
illuminated signs/bollards and 233 CCTV cameras maintained each year by Bradford
Council.
10. Historic legacy
10.1 Listed buildings Buildings of architectural and historic interest, including non-designated heritage assets,
make a vital contribution to the heritage character and environmental quality of the District.
Bradford has over 5800 buildings, listed by the Secretary of State as being of special
architectural or historic interest. These range from large industrial mill complexes to
weaver’s cottages; and from agricultural farmsteads to stately halls and manor houses.
ADD GIS MAP SHOWING ALL OF THE LISTED BUILDINGS IN BRADFORD DISTRICT
The first listed building survey was carried out from 1993 to 1995; this systematically
surveyed all listed buildings in the district using the standard procedure. Recently the
83
Council have completed a re-survey (2001-2005) of all the buildings to highlight changes
since the previous survey (1993-1995). Whilst many listed buildings are reviewed regularly,
especially if in a critical condition, or a subject of ongoing discussions, the district wide
survey indicates if the number of buildings at risk is decreasing, identifies any new buildings
at risk and shows any patterns of problem buildings or areas, which may need different
approaches.
Current indications show that some 300 buildings and structures were identified as being ‘at
risk’ or vulnerable. This information has since helped the Council identify priorities, targets
efforts or resources and try to reduce the numbers.
Description of all the Listed Buildings in Bradford could be found in the following weblink-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/the_environment/planning_service/heritage_and_conservation/lis
ted_building_descriptions.htm
There is also an online register of Bradford’s Listed Buildings at Risk which could be
accessed from this link-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/the_environment/planning_service/heritage_and_conservation/o
nline_register.htm
10.2 Conservation areas
The District currently has 59 designated Conservation Areas, which vary from Victorian
suburbs such as Little Horton Lane representing the 19th century growth of Bradford, to the
historic linear upland villages such as Stanbury. Each conservation area has undergone a
process of character assessment and boundary review carried out between 2001 and 2005.
This has resulted in there being a Conservation Area Assessment document for each of the
59 conservation areas in the district.
The list of links below lead to the conservation area assessment document and the current
boundary map for each conservation area.
• Addingham
• Apsley Crescent
• Baildon
• Baildon Green
• Baildon, Station Road
• Ben Rhydding
• Bingley
• Braithwaite
• Brunthwaite
• Burley in Wharfedale
• Cathedral Precinct
• City Centre
• Clayton
• Cullingworth
• Devonshire Park and Cliffe Castle
• Leeds Liverpool Canal
• Leeming
• Little Germany
• Little Horton Green
• Little Horton Lane
• Little London
• Low Utley
• Lower Wyke
• Menston
• Micklethwaite
• Middleton
• North Park Road
• Oakworth
• Oxenhope Lower Town
• Oxenhope Station Road
84
• East Morton
• Eldon Place
• Eldwick Beck
• Esholt
• Goitside
• Goose Eye and Laycock
• Great Horton
• Hainworth
• Haworth
• Heaton Estates
• Hodgson Fold
• Idle and the Green
• Ilkley
• Keighley Town Centre
• Oxenhope Upper Town
• Queensbury
• Ryecroft
• Saltaire
• Silsden
• Southfield Square
• St Paul's
• Stanbury
• Steeton
• Thornton
• Tong
• Undercliffe Cemetery
• Whetley Grove
• Wilsden
• Wrose
10.3 Potential Conservation Areas
Residents, Councillors and organisations have contacted the Council and have suggested
that, in their opinion, new conservation areas should be designated in certain localities. The
Council’s Conservation Team has assessed these suggested areas in order to determine
whether all or any of them would be recommended for conservation area designation.
The areas which have been considered for potential conservation area designation are listed
in the table below. After undertaking detail field surveys and following a period of public
consultation in each area the Conservation Team has reported their findings to Area
Planning Panels and Area Committees and recommended that only two of the areas,
Baildon Green and Eldwick Beck, have appropriate characteristics to be designated as
Conservation Areas.
Table: Areas with Potential Conservation Area Reports Completed
• Ambler Thorn
• Apperley Bridge
• Baildon Bank
• Baildon Green
• Beechcliffe
• Burley Woodhead
• Carr Syke
• Charlestown, Baildon
• Damems
• Eldwick Beck
• Greenholme
• Hawksbridge
• Heaton Village
• Ingrow
• Keighley Station
• Marsh
• Marsh Top
• Moor Side
• Mountain
• Oakworth Station
• Plevna Terrace, Bingley
• Thackley
• The Brow
85
10.4 World Heritage Site The District has a World Heritage Site identified by UNESCO as having world-wide
significance in association with the textile trade and the industrial revolution.
UNESCO inscribed Saltaire as a World Heritage Site on 16th December 2001. It is one of 27
in the United Kingdom. Developed from the 1850’s and still an almost complete model
village, Saltaire illustrates the combination of industrial processes and transport systems, the
use of power and the early concepts of Town Planning with provision of model housing and
social amenities. All of these factors are unified by dignified architectural detailing, the use
of local materials and technological advances which illustrate a significant stage in human
history and contribute to make the site of outstanding universal value.
Today, its textile mills, public buildings and workers' housing continue to operate as a living
and working community. It is the duty of the international community as a whole, to co-
operate in its protection. Saltaire has a Management Plan is in place to direct this function.
Recently an Environmental Capacity Study (ECS) has been carried out for the site in order
to help guide the management of the Site and address a range of pressures and demands
facing the Site due its location in a strategic corridor. These pressures include traffic and
transport issues, the need for economic and social regeneration and the maintenance of a
high quality of life for residents.
The ECS will play a significant role in the development of a revised WHS Management Plan
for the Site. It will also inform a number of other emerging strategies including a tourism
strategy and planning documentation within the Local Development Framework (LDF). The
indicators identified by the ECS may be used as part of the annual monitoring report on the
LDF and the accompanying Sustainability Appraisal.
(ADD GIS MAP SHOWING HISTORIC PARKS AND GARDENS, SAMS, HISTORIC BATTLEFIELDS)
86
GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE It should be noted, that following information on Green Infrastructure is not exhaustive and
there may be other facilities within the District that have not yet been identified.
1. Parks and gardens
The Bradford District has thirty six public parks, totalling an area of over two hundred and
seventy hectares. Ten of the parks are on the English Heritage Register of Parks and
Gardens of Special Historic Interest in England.
Lister Park has undergone extensive refurbishment and was voted 'Britain's Best Park 2006'
in a national competition. The park has also been awarded a Civic Trust, Green Flag award
for a fifth year running, placing it amongst the top parks in the country.
Central Park Haworth, Peel Park, Harold Park and St. Ives Estate are also winners of the
Prestigious Green Flag Award.
Many of the parks have active 'Friends' groups, which work with the Parks and Landscape
Service to care for, protect and improve their local parks.
Click on park name for further details-
• Bowling Park • Brackenhill Park • Bradford Moor Park • Central Park • Cliffe Castle Park • Cross Roads Park • Crowgill Park • Devonshire Park • Foster Park • Foxhill Park • Burley Grange Park • Greenwood Park • Harden Memorial Park • Harold Park • Horton Bank Country Park • Horton Park • Ladyhill Park • Lister Park • Littlemoor Park • Lund Park • Menston Park • Myrtle Park • Northcliffe Park • Oakworth (Holden) Park • Peel Park • Prince of Wales Park • Riverside Gardens Park • Roberts Park
87
• Russell Hall Park • Shipley Central Park • Silsden Park • St. Ives Estate (Country Park) • Victoria Park, Clayton • Victoria Park, Keighley • Victoria Park, Oakenshaw • Wibsey Park • West Park, Girlington • West View Park (Darwin Gardens)
Figure: Parks and gardens mapped against settlement areas with catchments applied
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
The Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping exercise16, based on all
current provision, shows that the majority of the District is adequately provided for in terms of
parks and gardens. However, there are significant catchment gaps in Addingham, Steeton,
Baildon and Menston and minor catchment gaps in Bradford South and Bradford West.
However, these areas may be covered by provision in neighbouring authorities.
2. Children’s play areas
There are over 140 play areas the Bradford District, many of them within Parks or
Recreation Grounds. In addition to conventional play areas the Council also provide
Skateparks, BMX facilities and Multi-Use games courts for older children and young people.
The Council works with local groups to create new play areas. This may include helping
them apply for funding, or with design and sourcing the best equipment. All play areas
managed by the service are inspected by qualified staff, on a regular basis, to ensure they
are maintained in a safe and good condition.
16 CBMDC (2006) Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study.
HardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingley
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
DenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ord
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEY
KIRKLEES
PENDLE
CALDERDALE
LEEDS
88
In total, there are 215 play areas fir children and young people in the District, totalling 20
hectare.
Figure: Children’s Play Areas with Catchments
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
The Bradford District Open Space Assessment has concluded that in areas of slight
catchment gaps, the upgrading of certain play areas from Local Area for Play (LAPs) to
Local Equipped Areas of Play (LEAPs) could be considered.
However, in other areas of significant gaps, such as in north and south Shipley and west
Keighley, the installation of new equipped play areas is required in some to reduce the
significant catchment gaps.
3. Sports Pitches and Courts
Bradford District Open Space Assessment (2006) has been prepared by KKP on behalf of
the Council.
Football There are a total of XX senior football pitches and 19 mini football pitches which are spread
throughout the Bradford district.
The Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006) highlighted that there is large
deficiency of designated mini and junior soccer pitches across the District. Although a
surplus of senior pitches (to meet peak demand) was identified it was established that this
would not make up for the deficiencies in mini and junior provision even if it was re-
designated.
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYPENDLE
LEEDS
HARROGATE
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
89
Figure: Football pitch sites in Bradford
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
In terms of area based assessment, the study concludes that the current pitch stock in the
Bradford North area has capacity to accommodate strategic reserve and future demand
while those in Bradford South would not currently be able to meet the requirements.
The current pitch stock in Bradford West could just cope with accommodating strategic
reserve but the pitch stock in Ilkley and Keighley is not capable of accommodating strategic
reserve and latent/future demand.
The current pitch stock in Shipley has the capacity to accommodate strategic reserve, latent
and future demand if improvements are made to existing sites.
Cricket
The Open Space Assessment has highlighted that there is a slight deficiency in pitch
provision at peak times and that demand is increasing for cricket pitches on parks and
recreation grounds in Bradford North, Bradford South and Bradford West.
See location of cricket pitches across the district below:-
Denholme
Bingley
Shipley
Burley in
Wharf edale
Menston
Queensbury
Harden
Wilsden
Cullingworth
Oxenhope
Haworth
Steeton
Silsden
Addingham
Ilkley
Bradford West Bradford North
Bradford South
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLEBaildon
Bradf ord
Keighley
LEEDS
Bradford Football Pitches
Assessed by Quality / Capacity
Over Use
At Guidance Level
Under Use
No specif ied usage
90
Bradf ord
Shipley
Bingley
Wilsden
Cullingworth
Denholme
Ilkley
Burley in
Wharf edale
Harden
Menston
Keighley
Steeton
Addingham
Haworth
Oxenhope
Queensbury
Silsden
Bradford North
Bradford South
Bradford West
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
218
20
70
62
112
126
90
69
84
71
279
32
22233
199228232
229
157
197195
115
215
172
109
113
236
119
194224
156153
150
154
9488
169
209
175
205
230
281
159
162
185
161
170
173
168
146
174
Baildon
LEEDS
2 5
12
2729 36
37
38
55
66
6783
86
120
143
177
148
Figure: Cricket pitch sites in Bradford
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Rugby union The Yorkshire Rugby Football Union (RFU) administers rugby in Bradford. A full-time
development officer is responsible for the West Yorkshire region and works closely with all
the clubs to maximise their potential. This work involves developing club structures, including
working towards the RFU Seal of Approval and the development of school-club structures.
Figure : Rugby Union pitch sites in Bradford District
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Bradf ord
Burley in
Wharf edale
Denholme
Bingley
Shipley
Menston
Queensbury
Harden
Wilsden
Cullingworth
Oxenhope
Haworth
Steeton
Silsden
Addingham
Ilkley
Bradford North
Bradford South
Bradford West
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
28486
60
154
Baildon
Keighley
LEEDS
5
9283
137
282
155
239
197
Bradford Rugby union Pitches
Assessed by Quality / Capacity
Over Use
At Guidance Level
Under Use
No specif ied usage
91
There are relatively few issues affecting rugby union compared to other sports in Bradford.
The quality of pitches in Bradford is good and many private clubs own their own facilities and
are able to maintain them to a high standard.
There are catchment gaps of both clubs and facilities for certain areas of Bradford (Bradford
South and Bradford West) but these shortfalls are currently being met by surpluses in other
areas. The usage of school facilities by rugby union clubs is very high. Often, these pitches
are used on an ad-hoc basis if the main sites are unusable.
There is no latent demand at senior level for rugby but demand for more junior pitches is
growing which will become more acute if clubs individual development plans are realised.
Table: Summary of rugby union pitches in Bradford
Senior Junior Mini Site name Area
Site Owner
Community Use G A P G A P G A P
Bradford Cathedral Community College
Bradford North LA Yes 1
Hanson School Bradford North LA Yes 1
Tong School Bradford South LA Yes 1
Northfield Road Playing Fields Bradford South 0 Yes 1
Thornton Grammer School Bradford West LA Yes 1
Braford Salem Rugby Club Bradford West 0 Yes 2
Ilkley Grammar School Keighley LA Yes 1
Ilkley Rugby Union Club Keighley Private Yes 4 2
Cougar Park Keighley 0 Yes 3
Bradford & Bingley Sports & Social Club
Shipley Private Yes 4
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
School sites with rugby union pitches in Bradford are significantly underused by clubs. Ilkey
Grammar School is used on a weekly basis by Ilkley Rugby Club to accommodate its junior
development programme.
Two of the main clubs in Bradford, Keighley Cougars and Ilkley Rugby Club, make use of
other sites in Bradford to play matches. These are used on an ad-hoc basis and are not
therefore shown as being played to capacity.
Rugby league
There is a considerable amount of rugby league activity in Bradford. The majority of this
activity takes place within a small number of clubs, all of whom field several senior teams
and a number of teams at junior level.
92
Figure : Rugby league pitch sites in Bradford District
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Bradford has a stronger and larger grass roots base than other areas of West Yorkshire with
all ten clubs either working towards, or having achieved Clubmark to date. The two
professional clubs, Bradford Bulls and Keighley Cougars, have both achieved Clubmark and
are used as flagship clubs to promote club accreditation to amateur clubs.
The following table indicates club accreditation in Bradford.
Table: Rugby league clubs accredited in Bradford
Club Accreditation status
Queensbury Accreditation achieved
Victoria Rangers Accreditation achieved
Bradford Dudley Hill Accreditation achieved
West Bowling ARLFC Accreditation achieved
Keighley Cougar Cubs Accreditation achieved
Thonrton ARLFC Registered – working towards
Wyke ARLFC Registered – working towards
Wibsey Juniors Registered – working towards
Clayton Registered – working towards
The majority of rugby league clubs are located in the north of Bradford reflecting an uneven
distribution of clubs across the District. The Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation
Study (2006) however demonstrates that the current stock of rugby league pitches is not
being played to capacity; particularly in Bradford South where there is a disproportionate
number of teams compared the rest of the District.
Bradf ord
Queensbury
Keighley
Denholme
Cullingworth
Steeton
Burley in
Wharf edale
Bingley
Shipley
Menston
Harden
Wilsden
Oxenhope
Haworth
Silsden
Addingham
Ilkley
Bradford South
Bradford West Bradford North
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
8980
91
92
56
18
17
76
10
55
107
547
165
190
Baildon
LEEDS
74
120
152
160
149
167
194
207
Bradford Rugby league PitchesAssessed by Quality / Capacity
Over Use
At Guidance Level
Under Use
No specified usage
93
Table: Rugby league pitches in Bradford district Senior Junior
Site name Area Site Owner
Community Use G A P G A P
Emsley Memorial Recreation Ground Bradford North LA Yes 1
Lowerfields Primary Bradford North LA Yes 1
Victoria Rangers Ground Bradford North Private Yes 1
Apperley Bridge Playing Fields Bradford North LA Yes 1
ASA Briggs Park Bradford South LA Yes 1
Bankfoot Cricket Ground Bradford South Private Yes 1
Beldon Lane Recreation Ground Bradford South LA Yes 1
Lidget Green Cricket and Athletic Club Bradford South LA Yes 2
Neil Hunt Memorial Ground Bradford South LA Yes 1 1
Odsal Recreation Ground Bradford South LA Yes 2
Wibsey Park Bradford South LA Yes 2
Wibsey Park Primary Bradford South LA Yes 1
Woodside Primary Bradford South LA Yes 1
Delph Recreation Ground Bradford West LA Yes 1
Hill Top Rd Bradford West LA Yes 2
Silsden Park Keighley LA Yes 1
East Holmes Field Keighley LA Yes 2
Highfield Recreation Ground Keighley LA Yes 2
Oakbank Sports College Keighley LA Yes 1
Utley Recreation Ground Keighley LA Yes 2
The Holy Family Catholic School Keighley LA Yes 1
Baildon Rugby and Cricket Ground Shipley Private Yes 2
Crossflats Recreation Ground Shipley LA Yes 1
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Hockey
On a County level, hockey is strong and junior development is well structured in Bradford.
However, considering the demographic make up of the District there is a lack of true
‘community’ work and more could be done to increase participation in the deprived areas for
disadvantaged young people. Most participation/activity is based around the grammar
schools, which risks bringing an ‘elitist’ label to the game in Bradford.
There are six ATPs identified in use by the local teams.
Table: ATPs in Bradford District
Venue Area
Thornton Sports College/Recreation Centre Bradford West
Oakbank Sports College Keighley/Ilkley
Beckfoot Technology College Shipley
Bradford Girls Grammar School Bradford North
94
Carlton Bolling College Bradford North
Grange Technology College (under construction) Bradford West
Ben Rhydding Sports Club Keighley/Ilkley
All of the above facilities are full size sand based artificial turf pitches. In addition there are a
number of smaller artificial turf surfaces, which are suitable for hockey training and some
junior play.
Table: Small ATPs in Bradford
Venue Area
Parkside School Keighley
Maningham Sports Centre Bradford North
Scotchman Road Activity & Coaching Centre Bradford North
Highfield Community Centre Keighley
University of Bradford – Trinity Road Bradford West
The ATP at Marley Playing Fields has been replaced with a 3rd generation field turf pitch and
as such is no longer a suitable surface for competitive hockey. It was the only pitch managed
by CBMDC with ‘100% community use’. All the other pitches were within the education and
private sector. Use of ATPs is considered to be at capacity.
Figure : Artificial turf hockey pitches in Bradford District
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Bradf ord
Wilsden
Keighley
Burley in
Wharf edale
Shipley
Cullingworth
Bingley
Denholme
Ilkley
Harden
Menston
Steeton
Addingham
Haworth
Oxenhope
Queensbury
Silsden
Bradford West
Bradford South
Bradford North
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
105
137
103
165
150
Baildon
LEEDS
50
37
116
196
95
Hockey is not a priority sport for CBMDC sports development unit but support for clubs is
available through the B Active networks set up in each area.
Athletics
There are two athletics tracks servicing competitive athletics in the Bradford District:
Greenhead High School, Keighley: Greenhead is an eight-lane synthetic, floodlit track on
the grounds of Greenhead School in Keighley. It is managed by CBMDC, which employs a
part-time track manager. The quality of the track is ‘adequate to poor’ evidenced by
deteriorating track edging, poor drainage on surround grass areas and uneven surfaces on
run up areas etc.
Greenhead is the home of Keighley & Craven Athletics Club (KCAC) and is also used by a
number of other local clubs and schools e.g. the Oakbank School Sport Partnership
secondary schools, cluster primary schools as well as other schools from neighbouring
Ilkely, Bingley and Skipton. It is considered by sportKeighley, the Three Valley’s SSP and
the Airedale Masterplan and Airdale Primary Care Trust to be a key sports development
facility for the area.
Greenhead School is in phase two of CBMDC’s BSF programme. Whilst this will involve
demolition of the School’s buildings and reconstruction adjacent to the track, the track will
remain in its current position. Funding from the Community Athletics Refurbishment
Programme (CARP) has recently been secured for basic renovation of the track. This is
intended to support the existence and development of K&CAC and facilitate an athletics
development centre as well as provide good quality facilities for sport and physical activity
through curricular and extra curricular activities for all schools in the area.
Horsfall Playing Fields, Low Moor (Bradford South): Horsfall track is located at Horsfall
Playing Fields, off the A6036 Halifax Road heading southwest away from Bradford. The site
is a multi-sport facility with grass pitches for cricket and football adjacent to the track. The
athletics track also has a football pitch in the middle, which is used by Bradford Park Avenue
FC.
Horsfall track is a six lane track and, as such, is not certified for anything other than local
level competitions. It is the home of Bradford Airedale Athletics Club (BAAC) and is
occasionally used by other local clubs for training sessions. According to the Athletics
Development Officer for West Yorkshire Sport the venue is not used by West Yorkshire
Schools Athletics Association, Bradford Schools Athletics Association or West Yorkshire
Athletics Association for meetings/competitions due to the poor quality changing rooms and
the fact that it is only a six lane track.
The track is currently being considered as part of proposals to develop ‘Odsal Sports Village’
at the existing Odsal Stadium, home of Bradford Bulls. The scheme involves relocating and
96
upgrading the track from Horsfall to an eight-lane track as part of a regional sports complex
including leisure centre, swimming pool and artificial turf pitches.
Figure: Athletics tracks in Bradford District with a 30-minute drive time catchment
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
A number of schools mark out tracks on grass or redraw areas in the summer in order to
deliver curriculum activities. School competitions and sports days are carried out either at
Horsfall, Greenhead or at tracks outside the District.
All the local track and field clubs in Bradford has constituted Bradford Athletics Development
Group (BADG) which is led by the athletics development officer from West Yorkshire Sport
with input from the Keighley area sports development officer from CBMDC who also has a
responsibility for athletics across the District. The group comes together to discuss the
delivery of activities steered by West Yorkshire Sport and the Bradford school sports
partnerships, local and area competitions and to share good practise and resources. The
clubs are-
• Keighley and Craven Athletics Club (K&CAC)
• Bradford Airedale Athletics Club (BAAC)
• Bingley Harriers & Athletics Club (BHAC)
• Idle Athletics Club(IAC)
• Wharfedale Harriers
Public consultation with these clubs as a part of the Council’s Outdoor Sports Facilities
Assessment has highlighted the urgent need of improving the quality of tracks and ancillary
facilities at Greenhead School as well as development of a new track at Odsal. If a track is
not developed at Odsal, with the loss of Horsfall, there would be a significant gap in
RIBBLE VALLEY
SELBY
ROSSENDALE
BLACKBURN
WITH DARWEN
BURNLEY
BOLTONBURY DONCASTER
YORK
HARROGATE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
KIRKLEESWAKEFIELD
CALDERDALE
Greenhead High School
HYNDBURN
LEEDS
ROCHDALE
Horsfall Playing Fields
97
provision covering the centre and south of the District. The study also identified demand for
a training track (e.g. three lane straight and bend) in the Shipley/Bingley area.
There are also a number of other road running clubs in the District including:
• Baildon Runners – based at Baildon Cricket & Rugby Club.
• Eccleshill Road Runners – based at Idle Cricket Club.
• Ilkley Harriers – based at Ilkley Lawn Tennis & Squash Club.
These clubs train on the roads, footpaths and canal towpaths around the District. Activities
are essentially supported by being linked to another sports club which enables them to
access changing and in most cases, social facilities.
Bowls
Bowls in West Yorkshire is predominantly played on crown greens. Figure: Bowling greens in Bradford District
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006) There are a total of 52 bowling greens in Bradford district located at the following parks and
club sites.
Table: Number and Location of bowling greens in Bradford
Site name Area No. greens
Greengates Recreation Ground Bradford North 1
Idle Recreation Ground Bradford North 1
Institute Road Recreation Ground Bradford North 1
Lister Park Bradford North 3
Shipley
Bradford
Bingley
Queensbury
Burley in
Wharf edale
Cullingworth
Wilsden
Denholme
Harden
Haworth
Ilkley
Keighley
Steeton
Menston
Addingham
Oxenhope
Silsden
Bradford North
Bradford South
Bradford West
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
261
267
78273
68
277
15
26
28
26933
229
263
129
268
65
264
265
212
272
171
262
266
274150
Baildon
LEEDS
27072
89
271
257
275
276
260
149
259
258
256
98
Site name Area No. greens
Peel Park Bradford North 3
Asa BriggsBowling Club Bradford South 1
Brackenhill Park Bowling Club Bradford South 1
Bradford Moor Bowling Club Bradford South 2
Foxhill Park Bradford South 1
Harold Park Bradford South 1
Knowles Recreation Ground Bradford South 2
Low Moor Harold Bowling Club Bradford South 2
Oakenshaw Park Bradford South 2
Wibsey Park Bradford South 2
Clayton Victoria Park Bradford West 1
Horton Park Bradford West 3
Thornton Bowling Club Bradford West 1
West Bradford Bowling Club Bradford West 1
West Park Bradford West 2
Ben Rhydding Sports Club Keighley 1
Burley In Wharfedale Bowling Club Keighley 1
Crossroads Park Keighley 1
Haworth Bowling Club Keighley 1
Ilkley Bowling Club Keighley 1
Keighley Bowling Club Keighley 1
Lund Park bowling green Keighley 2
Silsden Park Keighley 1
Steeton Bowling Club Keighley 1
Whinswood Bowling Club Keighley 1
Crowgill Park bowling green Shipley 1
Cullingworth Bowling Club Shipley 1
Foster Park Shipley 1
Menston Bowling Club Shipley 1
Myrtle Park Shipley 2
Royd House Park Bowling Club Shipley 1
Salts Playing Fields Shipley 2
The Shipley Club Shipley 1
Most of the clubs rent greens from the Council while a small number of clubs lease the
greens from the Council. There are also few private bowling clubs in the district. Overall the
existing bowling greens meet the current demand for such sports facilities in the district;
however the Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment has identified thee need for two
additional bowling greens to meet future demand.
Vandalism of bowling greens and pavilions is the biggest issue for bowls for the District as a
whole. A large proportion of bowling greens also do not have appropriate access for players
or spectators with disabilities.
99
Tennis Bradford has the following tennis courts spread throughout the district.
Table: Tennis clubs in Bradford district
Site name Area No. courts
Carlton Bolling College Bradford North 5
Hanson School Bradford North 8
Lister Park Bradford North 2
Undercliffe Tennis Club Bradford South 3
Thornton Grammer School Bradford West 4
Heaton Tennis Club Shipley 9
Eldwick Lawn Tennis Club Keighley 2
Greenhead High School Keighley 5
Ilkley Tennis Club Keighley 6
Keighley Tennis Club Keighley 4
The Holy Family Catholic School Keighley 7
Beckfoot Technology College Shipley 4
Beckfoot Tennis Club Shipley 4
Saltaire Tennis Club Shipley 3
Salts Playing Fields Shipley 3
St. Peter's Tennis Club Shipley 2
Figure: Tennis court provision across Bradford District
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Tennis in Bradford is administered by Yorkshire LTA which is responsible for the delivery of
the LTA’s national plan at a local level, the main body of this being the Club Vision
Programme. Club Vision is the LTA's strategy to provide progressive clubs with greater
Haworth Shipley
Bradf ord
Wilsden
Bingley
Keighley
Steeton
Ilkley
Burley in
Wharf edale
Cullingworth
Denholme
Harden
Menston
Addingham
Oxenhope
Queensbury
Silsden
Bradford NorthBradford West
Bradford South
Shipley
Keighley
KIRKLEES
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
PENDLE
286
289
267
50137
292
288
185
190
287
Baildon
LEEDS9
285
196 229
100
support and resources at both national and county level. It is an investment programme that
supports not just tennis clubs but also public 'pay and play' indoor tennis centres (ITI
centres), schools and local authority venues; it also helps the club and county tennis
development officer identify areas or projects for the club to work on and where funding or
other resources may be required.
The Council’s Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment states that the existing tennis facilities
are adequate to meet the demand for such facilities in the district. There is however a need
for more courts at some clubs (Saltaire and Eldwick) to meet a league demand which is
currently being met by hiring courts at other venues.
Golf Bradford District has the following golf facilities:
According to the Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment (2006) it appears that the existing
golf facilities can accommodate current demand in the district. However, the ongoing golf
development work (e.g. golf being introduced as an extra curricular activity in schools in
Bradford through the school sport partnerships) may potentially increase demand in the
short to longer term. Although only a few municipal courses provide affordable opportunities
for young people/beginners to play regularly, there is potential for many of those clubs to
develop junior activities and make courses/membership more accessible to young people.
Most of the golf clubs also have good access for non-members.
Table: Golf clubs in Bradford
Club Ownership/ management
Club Ownership/ management
Baildon Private The Manor Private
Ben Rhydding Private Marriott Hollins Hall Hotel Private
Bingley St. Ives Private Northcliffe Private
Bracken Ghyll Private Phoenix Park Private
Bradford Private Queensbury Private
Bradford Moor Private Riddlesden Private
Branshaw Private Shay Grange Golf Centre Local authority
Clayton Private Shipley Private
Fardew Private Silsden Private
Headley Private South Bradford Private
Ilkley Private West Bowling Private
Keighley Private West Bradford Private
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
101
Figure : Golf courses and driving ranges in Bradford
CRAVEN
LEEDS
HARROGATE
KIRKLEES
CALDERDALE
PENDLE
Bradford
South
Bradford West
Bradford
North
Shipley
Keighley
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
2324
25
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
4. Openspace Forests and Woodlands
Approximately five percent of the Bradford District is covered by woodland, some of it steep
sided valleys and 'cloughs' which support remnants of the ancient Oak and Birch woodlands
of the South Pennines.
The Council owns and manages large areas of woodland. Some of these are listed in the
Collins Guide to the most beautiful woodlands in Yorkshire and the North East including:
Middleton Woods (Ilkley), Judy Woods (Bradford), St Ives Estate (Bingley).
Buck Wood, Judy Woods, St Ives Estate and Northcliffe Woods have active 'Friends of'
groups, who work with the service to care for and protect the woodlands.
Other woodlands across the District include:
Bierley Woods, Hebers Gill Wood, Black Carr Wood, Holden Park Woodland, Chellow Dene
Woods, Horton Park Country Park, Crabtree Gill Woodland, Jer Wood, Crossley Wood, Low
Wood (Keighley), The Dell Woodland, Midgley Wood, Elam Wood, Milner Wood, Esholt
Woodland, Nailor Rough, Fairbank Wood, Northcliffe Woods, Gravel Pits Woodland,
Panorama Wood, Griff Wood, Park Wood, Heaton Woods, Shipley Glen Woodland, Hirst
Woods.
102
Figure: Natural and semi-natural greenspaces in Bradford mapped against settlement areas with catchment areas applied
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping shows mainly minor
catchment gaps in the provision of natural and semi-natural greenspaces across the District.
The major catchment in Burley in Wharfedale and Menston may be covered by neighbouring
authority provision as they are close to the Bradford boundary. The assessment states that
much of the urban area of the District is adequately provided for in terms of natural and
semi-natural provision.
ADD GIS MAP SHOWING ALL OF THE WOODLANDS IN THE DISTRICT
Green public realm-Trees, grassed areas and verges on the public highway are maintained by Bradford Council.
National parks- A short stretch of the Bradford District Boundary near to Addingham abuts the Yorkshire Dales National Park to the north.
5. Allotments
Allotment gardening provides a wide range of benefits to communities and the environment.
Apart from providing low cost food, they also provide valuable recreational opportunities
involving healthy activity and social contacts. Allotments are significant to our green spaces
and provide habitats for many forms of wildlife.
The first legislative reforms date back to the Enclosures Act of 1845. Today, the Council has
a statutory requirement to provide allotments for the public. The council manages a total of
38 allotment sites across the district. There are 86 sites classified as allotments in Bradford
equating to 98 hectares.
PENDLE
LEEDS
HARROGATE
KIRKLEES
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingley
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
HardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEY
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ord
DenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
103
Figure: Allotment sites mapped against settlement areas with catchments applied
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
There are 27 allotment gardens across the City of Bradford. See links below for more information:-
• Abb Scott Lane Allotments • Avenue Road Allotments • Bowling Park Allotments • Bullroyd Allotments • Cecil Avenue Allotments • Chapel Lane Allotments • Common Road Allotments • Derby Road Allotments • Greengates Allotments • Harewood Street Allotments • Haycliffe Lane Allotments • Heaton Allotments • Highfield Terrace Allotments • Legrams Lane Allotments • New House Lane Allotments • Park Road Allotments • Queen's Road B Allotments • Scotchman Road Allotments • Speeton Road Allotments • Stanacre Allotments • Stanley Street Allotments • Sunny Bank Road Allotments • Top Royd Street Allotments • Undercliffe Allotments • Valley Allotments • Whetley Grove Allotments • Worthing Head Allotments
PENDLE
LEEDS
CALDERDALE
HARROGATE
CRAVEN
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEY
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
104
There are 3 allotments across the Keighley area, listed as follows:-
• Haworth Rec Allotments • West Lane Allotments • Woodside Road Allotments
There are 8 allotments across the Shipley and Bingley area, listed as follows:-
• Beck Lane Allotments • Carlton Avenue Allotments • Caroline Street Allotments • Commercial Inn Allotments • Esholt Lane Allotments • Northcliffe Allotments • Red Beck Allotments • Stanley Street Allotments
The following are self administered allotments. The day to day management of these sites is the responsibility of the allotment society.
• Moorside Road Allotments • Charlestown Allotments • Thompson Lane Allotments • Warren Lane Allotments
Allotment sites across Bradford district are often oversubscribed. However, there is a
significant imbalance between vacant plots and numbers of people on the waiting list. Some
749 people are currently on the waiting list for allotments, whilst 348 plots remain vacant.
The waiting list is considerably high in a number of outlying districts, namely Ilkley, Shipley
and Burley in Wharfedale while the inner city areas of Bradford have a surplus of allotments.
For the latest waiting lists, see link below:- http://www.bradford.gov.uk/government_politics_and_public_administration/public_administration/asset_management/allotments/sites_with_waiting_lists/
The implementation of a banded pricing scheme is expected to encourage a better take up
of allotment plots, which would otherwise be regarded as a poor investment. Many of the
allotments sites however have significant security issues. The inner city plots in particular
suffer vandalism. Bradford’s allotments also represent a diverse range of groups, although
disability groups are currently underrepresented.
The Bradford District Open Space Assessment has concluded that there are a number of
catchment gaps in the provision of allotments across Bradford, most significantly in the
south, south-east and west of the City Centre. However, neighbouring authority provision
may cover some of the gaps close to the District boundary.
6. Village greens Village greens form local additional site-based access provision within the District. Similar to
common land, they provide some rights of access to the public, which may vary from place
105
to place. There are 18 registered village greens within the District which total approximately
130 acres (54 hectares).
Figure: Amenity greenspace sites mapped against settlement areas with catchment applied
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006)
Consultation as part of the Bradford District Open Space Assessment identified that the
perception is, that there is a lack of amenity greenspace in Bradford. Catchment mapping
shows that there are a number of catchment gaps for this typology, particularly in the rural
settlement areas. The mapping indicates that the urban area surrounding the City Centre is
adequately provided for in terms of amenity open space
7. Open country
In September 2004 a new statutory right of access to “open country” commenced in the
Bradford District, introduced through Part 1 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000.
This confers a right of access, on foot, to “mountain, moor, heath and downland” as defined
by the Countryside Agency. In the Bradford District, some 20.8 square miles (33.5 sq.kms)
of additional land was mapped as open country and subsequently opened up for walkers –
over and above the existing urban commons.
These new access areas include moorland areas west of the Worth Valley, such as
Stanbury Moor and the moors above Airedale (Bradup, Morton, Bingley and Hawksworth
Moors). They also includes smaller pockets of land such as Catstones Moor near Bingley.
8. Registered common land
All the common land within the District is “urban common” which means that it is subject to
Section 193 of the Law of Property Act 1925. This confers a right of access to the public on
LEEDS
PENDLE
CALDERDALE
HARROGATE
CRAVEN
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ord
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
DenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingley
HardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEY
106
foot and horseback (but not cycles unless on a bridleway) for “air and exercise”, as well as
certain common rights for grazing livestock attached to specific properties.
Significant areas of urban common exist within the District including Ilkley Moor, Baildon
Moor, Black Moor, Brow Moor, Haworth Moor and parts of Keighley Moor; plus smaller
pockets such as Goitstock Woods near Harden. These areas make up approximately 15.2
square miles (24.5 square kilometres).
9. Green Corridors
The typology of green corridors, as set out in PPG17: A Companion Guide includes sites
that offer opportunities for ‘walking, cycling or horse riding, whether for leisure purposes or
travel and opportunities for wildlife migration’. This also includes river and canal banks, road
and rail corridors, cycling routes within towns and cities, pedestrian paths within towns and
cities, rights of way and permissive paths.
There are 68 defined green corridors in Bradford equating to 160 hectares. It is difficult to
assess green corridors against catchment areas due to the very nature and usage of green
corridors, often as access to other open spaces. The map below demonstrates the coverage
of the existing provision within Bradford.
Figure : Green corridors mapped against settlement areas
Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006
Footpaths and Public Right of Way The Bradford Metropolitan District covers an area of approximately 200 square miles (518
square kilometres). The Right of Way Improvement Plan (2007) states that within the District
there are 687 miles (1,100kms) of public rights of way, made up of 5,123 individual path
LEEDS
PENDLE
HARROGATE
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
BaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingley
HardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ord
IlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edale
DenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
SHIPLEY
BRADFORD NORTH
BRADFORD WEST
BRADFORD SOUTH
KEIGHLEY
107
links. A path link is defined as the length of path between a junction with another path or
road.
Not all of the District is subject to a definitive map (the legal record of public rights of way).
The former County Borough of Bradford was originally excluded from definitive map
coverage and many routes on our records for that area are awaiting legal orders to formally
record them on a definitive map. This means that approximately 162 miles (260kms) of the
total network is non-definitive, whilst 525 miles (845kms) is included on the definitive map. In
practice this does not mean that the paths within this area are unprotected. The Countryside
and Rights of Way Service maintains files on the 162 miles of non-definitive routes and, as
public rights are believed to exist on these, the Service protects them as it would a definitive
route.
The status, for users, of public rights of way in Bradford District is broken down as follows:
Status miles km % of total network
Public footpath (walkers only) 634 1020 92
Public Bridleway (walkers, horsriders, cyclists)
46 75 7
Byway open to all traffic (walkers, horseriders, cyclists, motorised vehicles)
7 11 1
Source: The Right of Way Improvement Plan (2007
Citizens in Bradford place high importance on public rights of way (PROW). Results from the
‘Speak-Out’ panel in Spring 1999 showed that 70% of local residents consider access to
open space, close to where they live, very important. The survey highlighted that the main
issues regarding PROW were that residents want them clearly signed and well maintained.
(Results from Bradford’s Speak-Out panel, Spring 1999.)
Roads and Footways Public rights of way and other routes form part of a wider linear access network, which also
includes the roads and footways (or pavements) within the District. Although principally
utilised by motor vehicles, the District’s roads, particularly the quieter urban and rural ones,
can form important links for walkers, cyclists and horse riders. Similarly, footways alongside
roads provide additional walking routes, particularly through the urban and semi-urban parts
of the District.
A total of 1,187 miles (1911kms) of road network1
exists within the District, broken down into
trunk roads (12 miles/20kms); principal roads (86 miles/138 kms); non-principal roads (125
miles/201kms) and unclassified roads (964 miles/1552kms).
There are a number of unsurfaced roads in the district which provide an extra resource for
rights of way users.
108
Footways are classified according to their location and levels of use. Thus, town centre,
heavily used footways, would be regarded as Category 1, whereas footways in suburban or
rural settings off the main roads would be Category 3 or 4. The breakdown for footways
across the District is as follows:
Category Miles Kms
1 47 75.5
2 39 63.5
3 & 4 1636 2634 River corridors
The River Aire flows across the district along the Aire Valley. The river is a focus for
recreation including rowing, canoeing and fishing. Floodplain pastures provide recreation
ground for football and cricket. A footpath network connects the river to other rural areas.
The river and its associated habitats and species provides a thread linking the backdrop of
the South Pennine Moors and the Yorkshire Dale National Park beyond Craven District.
The River Wharfe defines the northern boundary of the district and runs along the Wharfe
Valley. The main settlement of Addingham, Ilkley, Burley-in-wharfedale and Menston are
sited on the valley floor. Wharfedale avoided the full impact of the Industrial revolution and
still retains much of its rural and agricultural character.
The River Worth flows from minor tributaries on the moors above Ponden Reservoir down
the Worth Valley to Haworth, where it is joined by Bridgehouse Beck which flows from
Oxenhope. The River Worth is itself a tributary of the River Aire which it joins at the end of
the Worth Valley in Keighley.
Canal corridors
The Leeds Liverpool Canal runs along the Aire Valley and is a linear conservation area. It is
used by boaters and for fishing and walking. Historic canal locks are a feature; the Two Rise
at Dowley Gap and the Three Rise at Bingley are both Grade II structures, however Five-
Rise Locks at Bingley is a grade I and a significant engineering feat of the canal age.
ADD GIS MAP SHOWING THE RIVER CORRIDDOR AND THE CANAL CORRIDOR 10. Historic Landscapes Parks and Gardens
There are 13 sites within the District that are included in the Register of Parks and Gardens
of Special Historic Interest in England designated by English Heritage. This is a reflection of
the fact that the urban areas of Bradford are well provided with Victorian municipal parks.
The historic layouts, planting and the structures generally survive to indicate the original form
109
of the parks and gardens. Examples of notable significance include Bradford’s ‘city of the
dead’ at Undercliffe Cemetery and the private grounds at Heathcote, Ilkley.
Table: English Heritage Register of Parks and Gardens of Special Historic Interest in Bradford
Name Grade Date Registered
Bowling Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001
Central Park, Haworth II 13 Nov 2002
Horton Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001
Lister Park II 01 Dec 1984
Lund Park, Keighley II 02 Apr 2001
Peel Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001
Prince Of Wales Park, Bingley II 14 Mar 2001
Roberts Park, Shipley II 01 Dec 1984
Heathcote, Ilkley II 12 Jan 1984
Whinburn, Keighley II 02 Sep 2002
St Ives Estate, Harden II 28 Apr 2009
Scholemoor Cemetery II 09 Jan 2002
Undercliffe Cemetery II 20 Jul 1998
Source: English Heritage
Further details about each of the above historic parks and gardens can be found on the
Council’s Leisure and Culture website below-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/leisure_and_culture/parks_and_gardens/parks_and_gardens.ht
m
The District also contains four recognised Local Historic Parks and Gardens. These sites
are of local interest, (not included on the national register) which display evidence of
designated landscapes that are of local interest and any proposals, which affect the site or
setting, should demonstrate a clear understanding of the original design and layout.
Table: Local Historic Parks and Gardens
Bierley Hall Wood, Bradford
Heber’s Ghyll, Ilkley
Cliffe Castle and Devonshire Park, Keighley
Milnerfield, Gilstead
Source: Bradford rUDP
Scheduled Ancient Monuments
Bradford Metropolitan District has 202 scheduled monuments that range from the site of the
Roman Fort at Ilkley to prehistoric earthworks and the unique concentration of carved stones
on Ilkley Moor. The vast majority of the monuments are located in the north of the district.
The table in Appendix 2 lists and shows details of each of the 202 scheduled monuments in
Bradford district.
110
Historical Battlefields
The Register of Historic Battlefields in England is compiled and maintained by English
Heritage. The inclusion of a site on this Register brings with it no additional statutory
controls, but it is a material consideration when determining planning applications in the
area.
The historic interest of a battlefield is judged by the documentary evidence that is available
to pin point the site and the surviving physical features, such as the topography and
archaeological evidence. Bradford Metropolitan District has one historic battlefield included
on the Register: Adwalton Moor 1643 which extends into the districts of Kirklees and Leeds.
Adwalton Moor 1643 - gave the Royalists control of the North of England for the remainder
of that year. It was second only in significance to Marston Moor in the history of the Civil
Wars in the North. The battlefield landscape of 1643 was one of hedge-lined fields on the
lower slopes and moorland with coal pits, some of which can still be identified today. The
encroachment of development especially the railway, road and built developments over the
last 150 years has dramatically altered the character of the battlefield by changes to the
landscape. Nevertheless many elements of the landscape of the time of the battle remain
such that it is still possible to trace the various phases of the conflict and to interpret the
progress of the battle.
111
Further detail about the historic battlefield can be found from the web links below-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/181CA68E-AA97-476E-B4C1-
35172A5A759C/0/battle_of_adwalton_moor.pdf
and
http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/upload/pdf/Adwalton.pdf
11. Heritage at Risk
A total of 41 heriatge sites, monuments and buildings are currently deemed ‘at risk’ in the
Bradford District.
Table: ‘At Risk’ Heritage Assets in Bradford
Buildings 4
Places of worship 6
Scheduled monuments 19
Registered parks and gardens 1
Registered battlefield 1 (stretches into Leeds and Kirklees)
Conservation areas 10
Source: Heritage At Risk Register ( English Heritage, 2011)
The number of ‘at risk’ conservation areas is particularly high in the District compared to any
other Local Authority area in Yorkshire and Humber. The mills listed above are particularly
vulnerable because they lack interests from developers and remain largely empty.
The Battle of Adwalton Moor battlefield is also in the English Heritage’s register. It is judged
to be of a generally satisfactory condition but is said to be declining.
112
SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE Planning Policy Statement 1 supports the promotion of health and well being and requires
local planning authorities to recognize the link between social inequalities in the provision of
social and community facilities including health services, access to open spaces in the
natural and built environment and the location of schools, shops and other facilities to reduce
the need to travel. In delivering such facilities it is important that the LDF ensures that
suitable locations are found for these uses which address local needs, whilst continuing to
protect and enhance the natural built environment with high quality and inclusive designs.
Previous studies by the council have highlighted that there are a number and variety of
social and community facilities located within Bradford district with various degree of service
capacity and catchment area. Although there are evidence of overall lack in quantity and
quality of such provisions, access to these facilities are generally very good across the
district. For example 96.9% and 99.8% of all households in the districts are within 15 and 30
minutes of a GP by public transport. 90.5% and 99.7% of all households are within 30 and
60 minutes of a hospital by public transport. 92.2% and 99.7% of 12-17 years are within 20
and 40 minutes of a secondary school by public transport. Figures are similar for access to
primary schools. 97.5% and 99.8% of people of working age are within 20 and 40 minutes
of an employment centre by public transport. Employment centres are defined as Super
Output Areas with more than 499 jobs.17
1. Housing
Bradford’s total dwelling stock in 2009 was 206,969 with 16% (32,900) owned by registered
social landlords and the remaining 84% (174,069) in private ownership. In 2008, 69% of the
total dwelling stock was owner occupied, 11% was privately rented and 4% of properties
were vacant. The private sector consists of 170,000 households and has been growing
steadily for many years due to the impact of Right to Buy and higher level of private rather
than social new build. 20 housing associations provide homes in Bradford, including the
stock transfer association, Incommunities, which owns 70% of the social rented stock. The
council has a clear and up-to date picture of the housing condition situation as a result of a
comprehensive private sector house condition survey carried out in 2008.
1.1 Social Housing There are a number of Registered Social Landlords (RSLs) actively operating in Bradford.
They include-
• The Abbeyfield Bradford Society Ltd.
• The Abbeyfield Ilkley Society Ltd.
• Anchor Trust
• Accent Yorkshire (formerly Bradford and Northern Housing Association)
• English Churches Housing Group
• Equity Housing Association
17 CS SA baseline.
113
• Habinteg Housing Association,
• Hanover Housing Association
• Headrow Housing Group
• Housing 21
• Jephson Housing Association Group
• Johnnie Johnson Housing Association
• Manningham Housing Association
• Muir Group Ltd.
• Nashayman HA / Home Housing
• Places For People (formally North British HA)
• Sanctuary Housing Association
• Affinity Sutton Housing Association
• Yorkshire Housing / Brunel Housing
• Incommunities (formerly Bradford Community Housing Trust)
The main housing stock holders are Incommunities, Brunel Housing and Accent Yorkshire with large numbers of their stocks dispersed throughout the district.
Table: Total RSL Housing Stock in Bradford 2009
RSL name Total dwellings
Incommunities 22,293
Yorkshire Housing / Brunel ** 2,128 Accent Yorkshire (ex Bradford & Northern) 2,032 Places For People (Housing) 1,980 Manningham Housing Association 1,141
Anchor Trust 741 William Sutton Trust 580 Hanover Housing Association 550 Housing 21 438
Home Housing / Nashayman * 362 Headrow Housing Group 312 Sanctuary Housing Association 80 Habinteg Housing Association 50
Abbeyfield Bradford Society Ltd 43 Abbeyfield Ilkley Society Ltd 42 Johnnie Johnson Housing Association 42 Muir Goup Ltd 34
Equity Housing Association 30 English Churches Housing Group 13 Jephson Housing Association Group 9
Total of RSL properties in district: 32,900
NB: *Nashayman HA is part of the Home Housing Group and all Home Housing properties in the district are now managed by Nashayman HA ** All Yorkshire Housing properties in the district are now managed by Brunel Housing As illustrated in Table below, over the past ten years (1999 to 2009), total housing dwelling
stock has increased by 8,011 dwellings (4%), mainly through new private sector
development. The total amount of social rented stock (Council, Transfer RSLs and other
RSLs) has fallen by 10.3%.
114
569
379
26,371
11,193
18,023
73,800
59,381
- 20,000 40,000 60,000
Shared ownership
Tied accommodation
Private Rented
Rented from Housing
Association's
Bradford CH Trust
Owned with mortgage
Owned Outright
Table: Stock profile trends 1998-2008
Tenure 1999 2004 2009 % Change 1998-2008
Social Rented 36,663 34,017 32,900 -10.3
Private 161,825 163,338 174,069 7.6
Total 198,958 197,355 206,969 4.0 Source: HIP/HSSA Returns published by ODPM/DCLG
The overall tenure profile of Bradford District is summarised in figure below. Figure: Bradford District tenure profile 2007
Source: 2007/8 household survey
1.2 Stock information
The total social rented housing stock in Bradford in 2009 was 32,900, comprising 22,293
Incommunities Housing Association, and 10,607 other Housing Association properties.
Observations relating to social housing based on the household survey 2007/8 are
presented in Table X. This indicates some variations in the dwelling stock profile amongst
RSLs but overall:
• 46.4% of occupied social rented stock comprises houses, 46.8% flats and 6.7%
bungalows;
• 38.4% of occupied social rented properties have one bedroom/bedsit, 34.9% have
two bedrooms, 32.3% three bedrooms and 4.3% have four or more bedrooms;
• 31.8% of occupied social rented stock was built between 1945 and 1964, a further
19.4% between 1965-1979 and 28.7% since 1980. A small amount of stock (6.5%)
was built before 1919.
115
• There is a high degree of satisfaction with the home with over 80% of social renters
satisfied or fairly satisfied with their accommodation. Overall, 10.6% of
Incommunities and 6.5% of other RSL renters expressed dissatisfaction.
Table: Attributes of Social Rented Stock
Property Type Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock
Detached 0.2 10.6
Semi-detached 29.6 16.3 33.2
Terraced 19.4 25.8 35.2
Bungalow 7.5 5.4 7.4
Flat or Maisonette 43.2 52.4 13.4
Caravan 0.1 0.1
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0
Base 18023 11193 189717
Property Age Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock
Before 1919 2.3 13.1 32.8
1919-1944 18.4 6.0 18.1
1945-1964 48.9 5.7 16.9
1965-1979 19.5 19.1 14.6
1980-1999 9.8 46.2 12.7
200 or later 1.2 9.9 5.0
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0
Base 18023 11193 189717
No. of Bedrooms Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock
One/Bedsits 34.4 45.7 10.2
Two 27.1 20.9 28.3
Three 36.8 24.5 43.6
Four 1.5 6.9 14.0
Five 1.7 2.9
Six or more 0.2 0.3 1.0
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0
Base 18023 11193 189717
Satisfaction with Home Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock
Very satisfied 47.2 49.2 64.2
Fairly satisfied 35.5 35.8 27.4
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied 6.7 8.5 3.4
Fairly dissatisfied 5.2 3.8 2.8
Very dissatisfied 5.4 2.7 2.2
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0
Base 18023 11193 189717
Source: 2007/8 Household Survey
Tenure profile varies to some extent across the District (Figure 4.4). Proportions of social
rented properties were highest in City Central (24.2%), City South (16.8%) and Keighley &
Worth Valley (16.4%). The proportion of households renting privately was highest in City
Central (22.1%), City South (17.5%) and Keighley & Worth Valley (15.2%). The proportion of
households who were owner-occupiers exceeded 80% in Wharfedale (87.1%) and Bingley
(81.6%), compared with a District average of 70.1%.
116
Figure: Bradford District tenure profile by sub-area
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
City Central City North
East
City South City West Bingley Wharfedale Keighley &
Worth
Valley
Total
Owner Occupied Social Rented Private Rented Intermediate
Source: 2007/8 household survey
Map Bradford sub-areas
Source: Bradford 2009 Strategic Housing Market Assessment
117
The Private Sector House Condition Survey 2007 highlighted the following key features of
Bradford’s housing stock and population:
• A Greater proportion of the housing stock was built before 1945, but much
lower levels after 1944, particularly between 1965 and 1980.
• The stock is dominated by small and medium/large terraced houses and
semi detached house.
• More younger residents (less than 60).
• Average incomes are slightly less than that for England as a whole with
just over 30% below £15,000.
• Benefit receipt at 30% is well above average (mainly traditional families,
single parent and lone older households).
The PSHC Survey found that the level of non decency in private sector housing was
40.5%, which is substantially higher than the national average (EHCS 2005 = 27.1%).
The failure rate is largely driven by Category 1 hazards and energy efficiency
standards. (Non decency has also become a greater problem since April 2006 with
the introduction of the Housing Health and Safety Rating System).
1.3 Affordable Housing requirement
The needs assessment model advocated by the CLG has been used in the Bradford SHMA
2009. In addition to establishing the overall affordable housing requirements (as summarised
in Table ), analysis breaks this requirement down by sub-area grouping, property
designation (i.e. general purpose and older person) and property size (number of bedrooms)
as shown in Table X.
Table : Annual affordable housing requirement (gross) 2008/09-2012/13
Designation No. Beds Gross Net % Gross Shortfall
General Needs One 8 -375 0.5
Two 502 351 32.8
Three 741 604 48.4
Four + 119 108 7.8
Older Person One/Two 160 61 10.5
TOTAL 1530 749 100.0
118
The Bradford District Housing Strategy 2008-2020 seeks to improve supply of affordable
housing in the district in particular by using powers within the planning system to improve
supply through the use of Section 106 agreements, which enable the LPA to negotiate a
proportion of affordable housing on all new developments. The strategy splits up the district
into the three areas shown in Map? (using Middle Layer Super Output areas) in order to
inform the setting of developer quotas for affordable housing provision under the ‘Section
106’ powers granted to local authorities. The areas shaded red are mainly rural areas of the
District and will attract the highest percentage requirement, whilst the yellow shaded areas
are inner urban areas where we will require lower levels, brown areas with intermediate
requirements.
Table: Annual affordable housing requirement (gross) 2008/09-2012/13 by sub-area
Designation No. Beds
Sub-area
Bingley City NE
City Central
City West
City South
Keighley and Worth Valley
Wharfedale Total
General needs 1 -38
-130 -134 -48 8 -25 -8 -375
2 161 -140 219 36 17 -11 70 351
3 -21 176 -35 230 286 -81 49 604
4 27 -6 11 -6 52 28 1 108
Older person 1 -33 50 59 -21 34 -19 10 81
2 6 -3 -6 -6 -6 -4 -2 -21
Total
Net 103 -53 114 185 391 -111 120 749
Gross 194 227 288 266 396 28 130 1530
Map: Affordable Housing Requirement Areas
Source: Bradford District Housing Strategy 2008-2020
119
The current Affordable Housing policy is being reviewed and the revised policy is expected
to result in attracting greater developer activity within the district by encouraging developers
to build in Bradford.
2.0 Education
Councils as Local Education Authorities have a statutory obligation to provide education
according to the Department for Education and Skills (DfES) guidance.
Following Bradford LEA's critical OfSTED inspection of 2000, Bradford Council decided to
establish a strategic partnership for the provision of school-focused educational services.
This involved the procurement of a direct service provider who would work in partnership
with and under contract to the Council. The contract was awarded to Serco which took up its
responsibilities in the contract under the name of Education Bradford in July 2001. It is a ten
year contract and the largest of its type in Europe. The contract is coming towards an end in
July 2011 and the council is currently working towards setting up programmes for delivering
the future education and related services in the district.
Education Bradford is one part of a strategic partnership for education in Bradford. The other
partners are the Council and schools.
There are over 230 schools across Bradford District. The majority of these schools are state
schools managed by the Local Education Authority (LEA), others are independent. A list of
all schools in Bradford is included in Appendix 3.
ADD GIS MAP SHOWING STATE RUN NURSERY SCHOOLS, PRIMARY, SECONDARY SCHOOLS Faith state schools
• 19 Catholic voluntary aided primary schools and 3 secondary Catholic voluntary
aided schools.
• There are 14 Church of England voluntary controlled primary schools and 11 Church
of England voluntary aided primary schools.
• There is 1 Muslim girl’s secondary school.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/faith_state_schools/
Foundation Schools
There are 12 foundation schools in the district. 9 of these are primary schools and the others
are secondary.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/foundation_schools/
Dixon academy is currently the only selective school in the district.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/selective_schools/
120
All Through schools
There are 2 all through schools, age range 2 – 18, which are both Academies.
Academies
There are 3 other secondary Academies.
Specialist schools
All secondary schools now have a specialism.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/specialist_schools/
Special schools
• There are 3 co-located primary special schools.
• There are 3 co-located secondary special schools
• There is 1 Communication and Interaction special school.
• There is 1 special school for deaf children.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_special_school
s/
Supplementary Schools
The LEA has been providing support to Supplementary Schools for mother tongue teaching
since 1983. There are over 80 Supplementary Schools registered with Education Bradford
providing a range of mother tongue teaching classes in Arabic, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi,
Hindi, Polish, Italian and Urdu as the main languages. These schools cater for approximately
8,000 minority ethnic pupils involving 300 community tutors. Full detail of the supplementary
schools education services can be found from the following lnk-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/supplementary_scho
ols/
Voluntary Controlled and Aided Schools
There are 39 voluntary Aided schools in the district. 31 of these are primary schools and
others are secondary.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/voluntary_aided_sch
ools/
There are 15 Voluntary Controlled schools in the district. 14 of these are primary schools
and 1 is a secondary school.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/voluntary_controlled_
schools/
121
Nursery and pre-school
There are 7 state nursery schools in Bradford district.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_nursery_school
s/
ADD COMMENTRY ON NURSERY SCHOOL CAPACITY AND FORECASTING
Primary
There are 159 primary schools in Bradford district.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_primary_school
s/
ADD COMMENTARY ON PRIMARY SCHOOL CAPACITY, FORECASTING AND
COMMITED CAPITAL PROJECTS
Secondary
There are 29 secondary schools in Bradford district.
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_secondary_sch
ools/
ADD COMMENTARY ON SECONDARY SCHOOL CAPACITY, FORECASTING AND
COMMITED CAPITAL PROJECTS
School Places
The number of children in primary schools has been growing steadily over the last 5 years
due to an increase in the birth rate and consequent increase in the number of 4 year olds
being admitted into reception year. However, the total number of pupils in secondary schools
has remained relatively stable over the same period, although the smaller number of
students in the upper age range masks the rise in the number of students being admitted to
Year 7.
Based on birth data provided to the Local Authority by the Health Authority the number of
reception places required is forecast to rise further. Secondary pupil numbers are also
forecast to rise by at least 14% by 2018 and by 2015 an additional 3,500 new student places
are needed, made up of increased statutory age pupil places (11-16) and post -16.
However the increase in demand for places is not evenly distributed across the District but
concentrated in specific geographical areas, particularly the inner-city, its immediate
surrounding areas and Wharfe Valley which experience the greatest pressure where
population density has increased significantly.
In addition parental expectations together with their cultural and religious beliefs often steers
parents towards making choices about specific schools. However, school performance and
hence popularity of schools changes over time which makes it increasingly difficult to identify
122
where changes in demand will occur. There is, therefore, a need to have the surplus allowed
by the DfE (5%) to be able to accommodate parental choice.
Moreover, the number of appeals against allocated school places in Bradford is already the
highest in the country. Anticipated increases in the school-age population will have a
negative impact on the schools’ ability to meet parental preferences and further increase the
number of appeals lodged unless additional places are created.
Responding to demand- Over the following 5 year period in order to remedy the shortfall in
places the District needs to have increased permanent capacity by 800 in each year group
from Year 2 to Year 6 to accommodate the children as they progress through the primary
sector, a total of a further 4000 places across the Primary School estate, as a minimum.
To accommodate this anticipated growth the Local Authority has embarked on a programme
of creating additional school places within a number of existing primary schools across the
District. This will be delivered through a gradual increase in the size of a number of schools
over a seven year period as the increased cohorts move through the school. When fully
implemented these increases will result in an overall surplus capacity, based on current
figures, across the primary sector of approximately 5%.
The building work to accommodate these increased numbers has been started with the first
phase of a multi phased programme. Capital funding to cover the costs of these expansions
is provided by the DfE. However, the Local Authority has only received notification of the
level of capital funding for 2011/12 with further levels of funding yet to be announced.
In the secondary sector to accommodate the total number of additional pupil places for 11-
16 and the additional post 16 provision would require providing the equivalent of two new
schools. The growth areas are unpredictable but over time there is a pattern of pupil
increases concentrated in the inner Bradford area, North and West of the inner area in the
Wharfe Valley.
Building Schools for the Future (BSF) Phase 3 had provided a plan for the delivery of the
growing young population in the district. Population growth was not increasing when Phase I
& II schools were planned. Under the BSF Phase 3 plans for 16 forms of entry increase (480
per year group) were to be accommodated across 9 schools. It was proposed that two
school buildings would be completely replaced. The remaining schools were to be
remodelled and refurbished. The schools were:-
Belle Vue Boys: +2 FEs
Belle Vue Girls +2 FEs
Carlton Bolling +2 FEs
Challenge College +1 FE
Ilkley Grammar +1 FE planned rebuild
Laisterdyke BEC +2 FEs
Nab Wood +3 FEs planned rebuild
Queensbury +1 FE
123
Thornton Grammar +2 FEs
In addition, it was proposed that Bingley Grammar should be substantially rebuilt in order to
address suitability and condition issues.18
However with the cessation of the BSF programme other sources of capital are now being
actively pursued to address the situation. For admissions in September 2011, a number of
secondary schools have voluntarily agreed to admit above their Published Admission
Number (PAN) to cater for the additional places required.
Two Free Schools have been approved in the District. The Kings Science Academy is for
children aged 7 to 11 and has opened in September 2011 with 140 year 7 pupils. A further
free school, Rainbow Free School for children aged 4 to 11 has also been approved to pre-
opening stage for September 2011.
Further free school applications have been submitted to the Department for Education (DfE);
however it has not been possible to anticipate which of these might be successful.
Schools converting from maintained to Academy status have had little if any impact on
admissions for September 2011. However, as these schools become their own admissions
authority with the ability to set their own admission numbers and admissions policies this
could have future implications. As yet this is difficult to anticipate but the LA will maintain
close scrutiny of the situation as it develops.
Funding- Capital allocations to address the need for additional places (Basic Need) across
both primary and secondary sectors is provided by DfE. Prior to 2011/12 these allocations
were given for a three year period which provided an opportunity to forward plan. In
December 2010 allocations for 2011/12 were announced but allocations beyond 2012 are as
yet unknown.
Basic Need allocations for the period 2008 to 2011 totalled £14.5M. In 2009 the Local
Authority made a bid for additional Basic Need funding to address the forecast significant
shortfall in primary school places for 2010/11 particularly for Reception year places and was
successful in securing an additional £11M to deal with this immediate pressure. For 2011/12
the government announced a total of £800M was to be available for Basic Needs across all
Local Authorities. Bradford’s allocation for 2011/12 is £10.3M
18
The Council completed 3 new secondary schools built on time under BSF Phase 1 at Titus Salt,
Tong High School and Buttershaw BEC, and which were opened on schedule in August 2008. Under Phase 2 the LA has provided and funded three new primary special schools at Chellow, Delius and Phoenix, together with a new primary mainstream school, Merlin Top, all opened on time in April 2010. The LA has also provided four new, fit-for- purpose secondary mainstream schools co-located with three new secondary special schools and a hearing impaired unit. They were completed in 2011.
124
In July 2011 the government announced an additional £500M was to be allocated to fund
Basic Need for 2011/12 in addition to the £800M previously announced. As yet we have not
received any information regarding the allocation for Bradford.
A new privately financed school rebuilding programme was also launched in July 2011 with
the aim of rebuilding schools in the very worst state of disrepair. The programme is called
Priority School Building Programme (PSBP) and is open to all publicly funded schools which
meet certain qualifying conditions. Local authorities, schools, and organisations with
responsibility for schools will be able to submit applications for the programme. Although
eight primary and five secondary schools have been assessed as eligible under the PSBP,
only the secondary schools have made the decision to apply for funding. The schools are:
Aire Valley; Belle Vue Boys; Carlton Bolling College; Oakbank; Queensbury. All primary
schools have declined to apply.
The DfE decision is expected by December 2011 and if successful the first schools funded
through the PSBP are expected to open in 2014-15.
The Governments’ initial response to Sebastian James’s review of education capital funding
was also published in July 2011. This is now subject to consultation which will run for twelve
weeks and focus on two key areas. First, the best model for allocating and prioritising
capital; and secondly the proposals put forward on procurement and project management,
calling for a more centralised approach to capture efficiencies and build expertise.
Further education
There are four further education sixth form colleges in Bradford district, they are:-
• Bradford College- Bradford College offers more university level qualifications than
any other college in England with approximately 170 full and part time HE courses
to choose from. Most of the college's degrees are validated by Leeds Metropolitan
University; previously they were validated by the University of Bradford with the final
cohort graduating in December 2007. Bradford College plans to apply for university
status and award their own degrees, the application process due to formally start in
May 2008.
• Park Lane College, Keighley- this is the former Keighley College now merged with
the Park Lane College Leeds to form the new Leeds City College.
• Shipley College The college is mainly based in the village of Saltaire but there is a
Bingley Connection building, which is a building based in the centre of Bingley.
There are a wide range of courses offered at Shipley College, but they mainly offer
BTEC's as full time courses. The BTECs on offer include BTEC National Diploma,
First Diploma and Introductory Diplomas and Certificates.
• Bowling Community College Bowling College offers full and part-time courses for
students, from first steps back into education through to GCSEs, NVQs, NOCN
Level 2 Progression Award and Access to Higher Education. Student can study at
125
the main site in East Bowling or at various community venues in Barkerend,
Undercliffe, Canterbury, West Bowling, Girlington and Woodside.
Higher education The University of Bradford is the only establishment offering Higher Education in Bradford
District.
The University has around 140 degree courses at undergraduate level and around 80 at
postgraduate level. These are spread across the 7 Academic Schools of Engineering,
Design and Technology, Health Studies, Informatics, Life Sciences (including
Archaeological, Geographical and Environmental Sciences), Management, Social and
International Studies, and the School of Lifelong Education and Development, which also
offers part-time courses.
The University also has an excellent graduate employment record, and was rated 2nd out of
99 UK Universities for employment in The Times Good University Guide 2006 and ranked
number 1 for employment in the North of England.
However, according to the Complete University Guide 201019 (based on data from the
2007/08 academic year), Bradford’s graduate prospects score has fell from 73.9, the best in
Yorkshire last year, to 70.4 – a trend only replicated in the region at York University and the
University has slipped eight places to 57th in a national higher education league table.
Students graduating with good degrees however rose by the third highest margin in
Yorkshire and Humber and it keeps its place as fifth best out of the nine universities in the
region, ahead of Sheffield Hallam but below Hull.
Despite its lower research score, the guide recognised that Bradford has several areas of
world-class research including in peace studies, polymers, mechanical engineering, medical
biosciences and archaeological science.
The guide reports that the university has more than 1,500 computer workstations across the
campus, 500 more than last year, while the main library contains more than 600,000 books,
up 20 per cent in 12 months.
The University received four applications per place during the past academic year, down
from seven last year. Its male/female student ratio is 49:51, state/private school ratio 96:4
and home/international ratio 84:16.
Information on current admission levels, demand for college places and adult learning
requirements and demand is not available at present. This data will be requested from the
appropriate key partners and used to update and inform this plan.
19 The complete University Guide (2009) University League Table 2010 [online].
<http://www.thecompleteuniversityguide.co.uk/single.htm?ipg=8726>
126
Childrens Services The Councils - Bradford Early Years, Childcare and Play (BEYCP) promotes, develops, and
supports the highest quality childcare, early education and play provision, offering equality of
opportunity and access for all.
Play, early education and childcare are essential elements of achieving the very best
outcomes for children and young people as part of Every Child Matters.
BEYCP are responsible for delivering the government’s 10 Year Childcare Strategy and its
vision for a Sure Start for all children, as well as meeting duties under the Childcare Act,
which came into force in 2008. Priorities include ensuring that sufficient childcare is available
to meet demand and that free, part time nursery places are available for all 3 and 4 year
olds.
BEYCPs aim is to provide greater choice for parents so that they can balance work
commitments and family life, and ensure that flexible childcare is available for all families
with children. A major focus of the strategy is reducing social disadvantage by enabling
parents to access training and work.
Establishing Children’s Centres, offering integrated services for children aged 0-5 and their
families, is a central feature of the national strategy. So far, the Council has established 33
children’s centres in Bradford, bringing together early education, childcare, health and family
support for the 0-5’s.
Children’s Centres
Sure Start is a Government initiative which aims to give every child the best possible start in
life. Children’s Centres are places where children under five and their families can access
services and information from a range of professionals. An example of some of the services
offered include:
• Chatterbox – helps children to develop early language and communication skills;
• Baby massage – teaches parents techniques, which relax their baby and helps with
their sleep;
• Play and Stay – offers activities for children to learn through play;
• Information – available on employment opportunities, childcare and training;
• Incredible years – for parents to develop skills to deal with everyday behaviour; and
• Family Support – offering individual support for families in their home or in the centre.
The SureStart Children’s Centres in Bradford have been developed in accordance with
Government guidance, building on existing developments including Local SureStart
Programmes, Neighbourhood Nurseries and the Early Excellence Centre and then later
Nursery and Primary School sites. This has created a very mixed economy.
127
The 8 ex Local SureStart programmes in the District have completed their transition to
Children’s Centre focus and now support 14 of the 33 Phase 1 and 2 Children’s Centres in
Bradford. See appendix 4 for the list of the centres.
Four of the District’s five Family Centres operate as co-located Children’s Centre sites whilst
investment in the fifth will support partnership working with all Children’s Centres within its
locality.
All seven of the Districts Nursery Schools are leading on delivery of the Children’s Centre
offer on their sites. Fourteen Primary Schools operate as co-located sites for Children’s
Centres. All Children’s Centres are linked with the Extended Schools clusters.
Six of the Councils Children’s Centres are ‘Children’s Centre Plus’ sites, a model unique to
Bradford. These are specifically designed and resourced to provide enhanced facilities for
children with complex health needs. These Children’s Centre Plus sites are located at:
• Canterbury Nursery School and Centre for Children and Families
• Strong Close Nursery School and Children’s Centre
• St Edmund’s Nursery School and Children’s Centre
• Woodroyd Children’s Centre
• Barkerend Children’s Centre
• Hirstwood Nursery School
City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council has one of the largest Children’s Centre
programmes in the country having already established 33 Children’s Centres in the 30%
most disadvantaged areas of the District through Phases 1 and 2 and by commissioning the
development of 7 new Phase 3 Children’s Centres to cover the remaining 70% areas of the
District between 2008 and 2010. Each Centre is expected to ‘reach’ between 800 to 1200
children aged 0-5 years with an overall reach totalling 37,015 children by 2011.
Bradford has been allocated capital totalling £3.8 million to support the development of up to
11 new Phase 3 Centres and maintenance of all Centres between 2008-2011.
Revenue totalling £48.5 million will provide direct funding and funding for centrally managed
services contributing to the core offer in Phases 1, 2 and 3 between 2008-2011.
Phase 1 and 2 Centres are resourced to deliver intensive integrated support to 0-5 year olds
in their reach area, whilst Centres in the 70% areas will offer a more flexible and less
intensive level of support. This entails developing Phase 3 Centres around existing provision
and will generally involve modifications and extensions of existing premises rather than large
new builds.
Identification of potential sites for the new Phase 3 children’s centres has provided an
opportunity to review the Children’s Centre portfolio across the whole District and to address
gaps and anomalies in the overall reach profile. The review assessment has identified 5
128
areas across the Shipley and Keighley Constituencies which are currently outside the reach
boundaries of the Phase 1 and 2 Centres and these are therefore the areas of focus for the
development of the 7 new Centres. They will deliver services to approximately 5000 0-5s
with each Centre catering for between 600 to 750 children.
The areas identified are:
1. Worth Valley including Haworth and Oxenhope
2. Bingley including Cottingley, Wilsden, Cullingworth, Micklethwaite, East Morton and
Eldwick
3. Baildon including Charlestown and Esholt
4. Ilkley including Burley-in Wharfedale and Menston and Addingham
5. Craven including Steeton and Silsden
The Department for Children, Schools and Families expects that any Centres with a reach of
1200 plus must be provided with enhanced revenue resourcing and where a single Centre
has significant reach issues, a satellite facility be available to enable all families to access
the services. Within this context, a review of Bradford District’s Centres identified that a
number of satellites need to be developed within specific reach areas including: Denholme,
Oakworth and Wibsey. A satellite is also required at Barkerend but this will not require
additional capital investment.
Earlier in 2008, Early Years, Childcare and Play undertook a detailed Childcare
Sufficiency Assessment which confirmed that full daycare for 0-5s in the 70% areas is
sufficient to meet local need. Therefore Phase 3 Children’s Centres will not create additional
full daycare facilities.
The research and consultation elicited the need for 7 new Children’s Centres as follows:
Haworth (1); Bingley (2); Baildon (1); Ilkley and Addingham (1); Burley and Menston (1) and
Silsden and Steeton (1). There are considerable challenges because of the rural nature of
the Phase 3 reach areas. Initial feasibilities have therefore been undertaken on a number of
options. These have been narrowed down to a total of 11 potential sites which is now subject
to a more detailed secondary appraisal for further review.
Details of each of the existing children’s centre could be found from the following weblink: http://www.bradford.childrencentres.org/ See Draft Bradford District Children’s Centres Strategy (Feb, 2008) by clicking link below:- http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/66AF3C80-167B-4B88-BCE7-F3BC53351A63/0/DraftChildrensCentresStrategyDocFeb08.pdf
Special needs and disability The aim of the Special Educational Needs Team is to ensure that children and young people
within the Bradford District experiencing special educational needs have the best possible
education, the opportunity to fulfil their potential and play a full part in the life of their school
129
and community.To achieve this we will fully support the Government's SEN Strategy
'Removing Barriers to Achievement' by:
• further developing effective early intervention
• setting high expectations and raising achievement
• supporting schools to remove barriers to learning
• improving our partnership working.
These mainstream schools receive additional resources to provide for small numbers of
pupils with a specific special educational need.
Pupils with Autistic Spectrum Disorders
• Denholme Primary School, Minorca Mount, Denholme, Bradford, BD13 4AY
• The Grange Technology College, Haycliffe Lane, Bradford, BD5 9ET
• The Holy Family Catholic Secondary School, Spring Gardens Lane, Keighley, BD20
6LH
Pupils who are deaf
• Girlington Primary School, Girlington Road, Bradford, BD8 9NR
• Nab Wood Secondary School, Cottingley New Road, Bingley, BD16 1TZ
Pupils with speech and language difficulties
• Green Lane Primary School, Green Lane, Bradford, BD8 8HT
• High Crags Primary School, Crag Road, Shipley, BD18 2ES
• The Challenge College, North Avenue, Bradford, BD8 7ND
Pupils with physical difficulties
• Beckfoot Secondary School, Wagon Lane, Bingley, BD16 1EE
• Bradford Academy, Teasdale Street, Bradford, BD4 7QJ
The new special schools will mainly provide for pupils with severe learning difficulties,
profound and multiple learning difficulties and, severe and complex autistic spectrum
disorders. These schools are to be located as follows:
• Delius Special School - 130 places, 2-11 years, on the Bradford Moor Primary /
Lapage Primary site, postcode BD3,
• Chellow Heights Special School - 130 places, 2-11 years, on the Heaton Primary
site, postcode BD9,
• Phoenix Special School - 110 places, 2-11 years, on the Guard House Primary site,
postcode BD22,
• Name to be agreed – secondary special school - 120 places, 11-19 years, on the
Grange Technology College site, postcode BD5,
• Beckfoot Secondary special school - 120 places, 11-19 years, on the Beckfoot
Secondary School site, postcode BD16, and
130
• Beechcliffe Special School - 100 places, 11-19 years, on the Greenhead High site,
postcode BD20.
http://www.educationbradford.com/SEN+Provision.htm
3.0 Employment
Job centre plus Jobcentre Plus is a government agency supporting people of working age from welfare into
work, and helping employers to fill their vacancies. Job Centre Plus is part of the
Department of Works and Pensions (DWPS) and plays a major role in supporting the
Department’s aim to ‘promote opportunity and independence for all through modern,
customer-focused services’.
There are 4 Job Centre Plus locations in Bradford District:-
• Vicar Lane, Bradford
• Wainman Street, Shipley
• Worth Way, Keighley
• Manningham Lane, Bradford
Other Job Centre Plus locations adjacent to the district include:-
• Newmarket Street, Skipton
• Otley Road, Guiseley, Leeds
• James Road, Halifax
Benefits/tax
Local benefit/Tax Offices
The Council Tax Payment Office is located at Britannia House, Hall Ings, Bradford.
Council Tax Enquiry desks are located at:-
• Bdirect, Centenary Court, Bradford
• Shipley Town Hall
• Bingley Council Shop
• Manningham One Stop Shop
Her Majesty’s Revenue & Custom (HMRC) Tax Office (West Yorkshire & Craven Tax Office)
is located at:-
Centenary Court
1 St Blaise Way Bradford BD1 4YL
4.0 Health
NHS Bradford and Airedale (re-branded from Bradford and Airedale tPCT in April 2009) is
responsible for delivering all the health services in local communities across the district. It
131
works with local doctors and hospitals to make sure the services they provide meet the
needs of the people who live in the district.
In the year 2008/2009 it managed a budget of £822 million – around £1,518 per person in
the district – to make sure every resident could get the healthcare they needed. Almost £480
million of that was used to pay for secondary care, including hospital treatment.20
The region’s strategic health authority, NHS Yorkshire and Humber, is the headquarters of
the NHS locally and acts as a link between the Department of Health and the NHS. It does
not provide health services. It ensures local trusts, such as NHS Bradford and Airedale and
Yorkshire Ambulance Trust, operate effectively.
Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, which manages BRI and St Luke’s,
operates independently as it is a foundation trust and is regulated by a different organisation
– Monitor.
An assessment of the key providers in the healthcare market is summarised below-
GP practices
There are 83 GP practices across the district operating at a range of different sizes and
abilities. The number of patients per GP ranges from 1,300 to more than 3,000. This,
combined with the inequalities and diversity of our population, presents a complex challenge.
There are more than 40 extended services which are now being run away from the
traditional hospital. The ambitions of primary care providers to extend the scope of provision
in the community provide an opportunity for market development. A comprehensive list of all
GPs, dentists, pharmacists and opticians operating in Bradford could be found on the NHS
website- http://www.bradford.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/07/HealthMatters2010.pdf
General dental practitioners
There are currently 70 NHS dental practices in Bradford and Airedale and approximately 166
dentists. NHS Bradford and Airedale commission unscheduled dental care through the
salaried dental service of the Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS).
There are currently thousands of patients who are not accessing NHS dental treatment on a
regular basis.
Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (BTHFT)
Acute services for the population living in Bradford are provided at Bradford Royal Infirmary,
St Luke’s Hospital and some outreach clinics. Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation
Trust (BTHFT) also provides specialist cancer and renal services and is aiming to establish
itself as a specialist centre in West Yorkshire. Further strategic ambitions include achieving
patient satisfaction through best quality care, facilities and staff, and providing care closer to
patients’ homes.
20 Telegraph and Argus 30 March 2009
132
Airedale NHS Trust
Airedale NHS Trust is the main provider of acute services for the registered population living
in Keighley and the Aire and Wharfe Valleys from the Airedale General Hospital site. The
Trust is working towards foundation trust status and has ambitions to develop community-
based services and lead in the field of telemedicine.
Bradford District Care Trust
Bradford District Care Trust (BDCT) provides health and social care services for people with
mental health problems and those with learning disabilities. In 2007/08 these services were
reviewed by us with Bradford Council, with recommendations made for improvement. BDCT
is working towards foundation trust status.
Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services
Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS) is the major provider of
community healthcare services across the district. It provides a range of nursing, allied
health professional and preventative services and some specialist services in the
community. In April 2009 it established itself as an autonomous provider organisation with
separate governance arrangements.
Eccleshill Treatment Centre
This independent sector treatment centre in the north of our district provides diagnostics and
day surgery procedures. The existing contract expires in 2010 and this service is currently
being market tested which has afforded us the opportunity to re-examine the range of
services and to secure ongoing value for money.
Yorkshire Clinic
This independent sector hospital in Bingley provides a range of outpatient, elective and
diagnostic services. It represents a sizeable proportion of our elective activity and has
become established as a provider of services to the NHS.
Yorkshire Eye Hospital
The independent sector Yorkshire Eye Hospital provides diagnostic procedures, out-patient
clinics and day case procedures for a range of ophthalmic conditions. The hospital works
collaboratively with other providers and NHS Bradford and Airedale to redesign patient care
pathways.
Care homes and domiciliary care provision
There are 130 care homes across the district (59 residential and 71 nursing) with a total of
4,092 beds (1,387 and 2,705 respectively). A good proportion of these beds is for older
people with less choice for people under 65 years old and those with specialist needs. The
beds are not evenly spread geographically, with gaps in some areas of the city. The
domiciliary care provision is variable in terms of geographical availability, costs and quality.
133
In order to meet the needs of the population there is a need to review the commissioning of
care services across the district in partnership with Bradford Council.
Ophthalmic practices
There are 64 ophthalmic practices in Bradford and Airedale, made up of a mixture of
multiples, independents and franchises. The spread is fairly even with a small concentration
in the city centre.
Pharmacies
More than 114 community pharmacy contractors operate in our district. All are providing the
essential services n the national pharmacy contractual framework. Half re providing the
advanced service of Medicines Use Review (MUR) and a range of other enhanced services.
Pharmacists have a desire to develop an extended range of services in a community
pharmacy setting.
Voluntary and community sector
The district has a vibrant and ambitious voluntary sector. Commissioning and working in
partnership with the third sector is a key enabler in tackling many issues. Local NHS is
working in partnership with 86 voluntary and community sector partners to deliver on health
inequality reduction activities to support healthy lifestyles and to build capacity for community
health and development work.
4.1 NHS Bradford and Airedale
The Primary Care Trust merged from four separate PCTs (Airedale, North Bradford, South
and West, and City) in 2007. On 1st April 2009 the commissioning and provider function of
the PCT split with NHS Bradford and Airedale becoming the commissioning arm, responsible
for commissioning health services to meet the needs of the 500,000 people that reside within
the Metropolitan district. At the same time Bradford and Airedale Community Services
established itself as the autonomous provider organisation of community healthcare services
for the region. The provider unit employs approximately 2,000 clinical and non-clinical staff,
with a workforce which includes general and specialist nurses, allied health professionals,
health visitors, school nurses, some GPs and practitioners with special interest, dentists and
dental care professionals, mental health, substance misuse and public health practitioners.
NHS Bradford and Airedale’s primary objective is to address health inequalities and improve
the quality of services. Five objectives have been identified for achieving substantial change
which include:
• Address health inequalities with a focus on health improvement and prevention
• Commission primary care to improve quality, access and environment
• Develop integrated care models to meet people’s needs
• Transform learning disability and mental health services
• Improve the quality of maternity care and services for children
134
4.1.1 Current service provision
As the commissioning arm of the PCT, NHS Bradford and Airedale commission- that is they
plan and pay for- purchasing healthcare services from a broad range of provider
organisations. The key provider organisations are detailed in the table below with a brief
overview of their responsibilities. Some of these providers are described more
comprehensively later in this section.
Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan 2010
135
As well as the large NHS and independent sector providers there are also more than 84
general practices across Bradford and Airedale totalling 408 family doctors, 72 dental
practices, 113 pharmacies and 64 opticians.
Practice Based Commissioning (PBC) allows local clinicians to set out their priorities and
aspirations for their patients enabling them to drive improvements in patient care. The PBC
programme is split into four alliances and two independent practices (see table) that
coordinate PBC activity across four geographical areas. Practices have developed
commissioning plans on an individual practice basis and on a more detailed basis for the
Alliance, informed by health needs information and gaps in current service provision.
Source: PCT Annual report 2008-09
Bradford South and West PBC Alliance
The South and West PBC alliance has 22 member practices with a total practice population
of over161,500.
Airedale and Wharfdale PBC Alliance and Independent Practices
This alliance comprises 11 GP practices and 1 independent practice with a total registered
list size of approximately 104,000 patients, representing approximately 17% of the Bradford
District population. The Airedale Alliance practices are located in Silsden, Keighley, Haworth,
Oakworth, Addingham and Ilkley with their catchment area encompassing the larger more
rural wards to the north and west of the Bradford district.
Citycare PBC Alliance
Citycare Alliance is the largest PBC Alliance in terms of number of practices (35 GP
practices) and second largest in terms of practice population (148,000). The catchment area
includes the city centre area, Little Horton, Manningham, Toller, Bowling & Barkerend and
Bradford Moor.
Bingley and North Bradford PBC Alliance
The Alliance includes 15 member practices that are located in Shipley, Bingley, Idle, Baildon,
Heaton, Saltaire, Greengates, Eccleshill and Undercliffe. It serves a population of
approximately 119,500 patients.
136
Each of the alliances has developed three-year commissioning plans which include their
local priorities. Since being set up in 2006, the alliances have continued to show innovation
including moving services out of secondary care and into primary and community care
settings together with developing alternatives to hospital based treatments.
As well commissioning health services, NHS Bradford and Airedale also provides a range of
primary care and community services directly to patients. These services are delivered by
Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS), which has been set up as a
separate organisation from NHS Bradford and Airedale.
The separation of the two organisations supports the way community-based services are
managed to make sure they are effective, efficient and economical.
Services provided by BACHS include:
• community and specialist nursing;
• intermediate care and long-term conditions;
• children and family services;
• allied health professionals and planned care; and
• specialist services and dental.
BACHS operate from a number of sites across Bradford and Airedale. Some sites are main
administration or clinical centres, others house just a small number of staff.
• Douglas Mill - Bradford and Airedale Teaching Primary Care Trust headquarters
Bowling Old Lane, Bradford BD5 7JR
• Leeds Road Hospital, Maudsley Street, Bradford BD3 9LH
• Millennium Business Park - base for public health teams
Station Road, Steeton, Keighley BD20 6QW
• Shipley Health Centre, Alexandra Road, Shipley BD13 3EG
• Westwood Park, Swift Drive Off Cooper Lane, Bradford BD6 3NL
• Eccleshill Community Centre, Park Road Off Harrogate Road, Eccleshill,
Bradford BD10 0ET
• Keighley Health Centre, Oakworth Road, Keighley, BD21 1SA
• Westbourne Green Health Centre, 50 Heaton Road, Bradford BD8 8R
4.1.2 Current Estate
NHS Bradford and Airedale has prepared an ‘Investment Asset Management Strategy 2010
to 2015’ which will help identify process to reduce gaps between their estate infrastructure
137
and future commissioning plans. NHS Bradford and Airedale acknowledge that at present,
they have limited estates capacity in the community yet aim to move care closer to home.
The Asset Management Strategy will focus upon obtaining value for money from existing
estate while ensuring the estate is fit for purpose, with a longer-term view. This process will
ensure that the estate is optimally used to meet unmet need and address health inequalities.
The following section provides a summary of some of the key estate infrastructure owned or
leased by the PCT. It has been updated using the information mainly from the
aforementioned Investment Asset Management Strategy (NHS Bradford and Airedale, 2010)
and Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (Cyrill Sweett, 2010).
Bradford West
Westbourne Green Community Health Care Centre (LIFT development)
This 5,500m² facility opened in March 2006 and serves as a hub facility for the Manningham
district of the city. This centre includes accommodation for:
• 3 GP Practices,
• 16-bed community hospital providing 24 hour intermediate care
• A specialist outreach training facility (Leeds Dental Institute)
• Integrated Health Visitor and dental weaning and varnishing programme
• District Nursing Community Support Team
• A range of specialist GPsWI -led (GPs with special interests) outreach clinics
• Speech and Language Therapy
• Podiatry
• Dietetics
• Minor Surgery
• Counselling
• Independent Pharmacy.
This facility is underutilised with a vacant wing sitting empty. This empty space largely
consists of teaching space including a library and video-linked clinical space to allow remote
observation. The GP practices that relocated to the scheme did not grow their list size or
expand into teaching practices as anticipated, leaving dedicated GP clinical space
underutilised. This facility is a base for the community nursing teams.
Manningham Clinic (PCT freehold)
This NHS-owned facility was extended in 2007 providing a permanent facility for a GP
Practice. It also includes a community nursing team and a bookable shared consulting
facility available to a range of primary care and community provider services. Services were
transferred from this facility to the Westbourne Green Community Heath Care Centre but this
base helps to serve the south Manningham community in what is a highly deprived
population. This facility is a U-shaped facility with space to develop. The facility is
approximately 500m2 over two floors with patient space on the grown floor and office space
138
on the first floor. There is no lift and the clinic has outgrown its building, leading to a
portacabin being located on the site.
This facility is well-located to meet the needs of the population and houses a very popular
baby clinic. This building lends itself to a strategic service focus for Children’s Services as
high infant mortality needs to be addressed.
Whetley Medical Centre (3rd party development, PCT hold the head-lease)
This facility opened in 2008 and houses four GP practices that offer a range of extended
services including minor surgery. The majority of space is occupied and this facility is well
located in an area of high deprivation. It is easily accessible on a main road leading out of
Bradford.
Carlton Medical Centre
The Carlton Medical Centre is accommodated in a converted domestic dwelling that
presents significant access problems for people with disabilities. The tPCT are committed to
relocating this practice to more suitable premises but identifying a suitable site has been
problematic. A consultation on a potential site was completed in January 2009 but it was
concluded that an alternative site should be found.
Bradford East
Thornbury Medical Centre (LIFT development)
The Thornbury Medical Centre opened to the public in October 2007 and was developed to
replace the Laisterdyke Clinic, a 1960’s single-storey dilapidated building. The new 916m²
facility is located within the Morrison’s Supermarket site and houses:
• A four practitioner GP practice
• District nurses
• Health visitors
• Bookable facilities for use by the PBC alliance and community clinics
Undercliffe Health Care Centre (LIFT development)
Undercliffe Health Care Centre opened in January 2008, providing new accommodation for
two GP Practices: Peel Park Surgery and Valley View Surgery. This 2110m² also houses
district nurses, health visitors, midwives, primary care mental health services, podiatrists,
speech and language therapists, hospital dieticians and a pharmacy.
Hillside Bridge Healthcare Centre (LIFT development)
Hillside Bridge Health Care Centre is located near Bradford City Centre and serves as the
hub of the Barkerend Locality Care Provision working in tandem with Undercliffe Health Care
Centre. This 2,539m² facility accommodates two GP Practices – Primrose Surgery and
Pollard Park Surgery, an independent pharmacy and flexible consulting room space to
support the following services:
139
• SALT
• Podiatry
• Dietetics
• Physiotherapy
• Family Planning
• Drug & Alcohol Services
• Social Services (provided by BMDC)
The PCT has recently enhanced service provision at this facility through:
• creating a new GP practice which includes patients currently registered with the
former Pollard Park Surgery
• extending the opening hours for patients registered at the health centre to between
8am-8pm
• offering an all year round walk in service available to anyone living or working in the
Bradford and Airedale district, irrespective of whether they are registered at the
practice
South Bradford
Low Moor Medical Centre (LIFT development)
This facility in Royds opened in December 2005 as the first of the Bradford & Airedale LIFT
developments. This facility provides accommodation for the Low Moor GP practice, a Health
Visitor team, a District Nursing Team and includes a pharmacy. This facility is at capacity
and there may be a need for it to be expanded in the future.
Royds Healthy Living Centre
Royds Healthy Living Centre was built in 1999 in the Buttershaw estate and was funded as
part of the Royds Community Association regeneration programme. It offers residents a
large range of health care services, including access to a GP, dentist, chiropodist, speech
therapy, health visitors, district nurses, counselling, welfare benefits and debt advice. There
is also a community hall, where training is delivered and crèche facilities available when the
surgery is open. Royds Healthy Living Centre was one of the first and largest facilities of its
kind, and is in line with the Government’s one stop approach to healthcare. The facility is
very well used and is no longer sufficient to meet the needs of the population.
Queensbury Health Centre
This served as the PCT’s headquarters (south and west) until February 2006 when they
relocated to Douglas Mill, a more central location in Bradford. A third of this building is
occupied by a branch of the Wibsey Medical Practice and the Practice’s health visiting team.
The GP practice is keen to relocate their branch to new accommodation.
140
Holmewood Health Centre
This centre has previously been identified in the SSDP as a potential future LIFT scheme.
The building has been refurbished to retain it in an acceptable condition and comply with
DDA requirements. BMDC are located in premises close to this health centre and the
feasibility of a joint development is a potential opportunity if the need arises in the future.
Keighley
Haworth Medical Practice (LIFT development)
This facility opened in July 2006 providing accommodation for:
• Haworth GP Practice (8 practitioner GP surgery)
• Health visitors & District Nursing team
• Pharmacy
• Home Care Team
• GP training
• women’s health and midwifery
• physiotherapy
• child health clinics
• family planning
The building also includes 3-4 flats that are leased from the PCT and provide expansion
potential in the future.
Keighley Health Centre campus
The Holycroft Surgery, a 7 GP Practice and the adjoining Health Centre currently provide a
range of primary care services to the local population. These two premises can no longer
accommodate further expansion and modular temporary buildings have been erected as a
short-term solution to address this demand.
Coronation Hospital
The Coronation Hospital was built in 1904 at Springs Lane and is located next to the Spring
Lane Medical Centre, half a mile from Ilkley town centre. It was formerly owned by NHS
Airedale but transferred to the PCT in 2003. Airedale NHS Trust provide the health services
at this facility which include outpatient clinics, occupational therapy, physiotherapy, x-ray
facilities and a day hospital for the elderly. The building is no longer considered to be fit-for-
purpose against modern day clinical standards.
Addingham Medical Centre (GP-led third party developer)
The new Addingham Medical Centre became operational in August 2009 providing
accommodation for up to four GPs and other health professionals, minor surgery,
physiotherapy and space for a built-in pharmacy. Addingham is a small rural village in the
most northerly part of Airedale. This facility was built as a GP-led third party development
with the PCT leasing space.
141
Millennium Park PCT offices
This provides office accommodation for PCT office staff. This would be a high priority for
disposal as the lease has expired and would present a quick win opportunity for
rationalisation. The PCT are reviewing options for relocating the staff to other existing
premises.
Shipley
Canalside Healthcare Centre (LIFT development)
This two-storey facility replaces three existing Bingley GP practices, the dilapidated Bingley
Hospital and the existing Bingley Health Centre. The facility opened in February 2010 and
provides 3,313m² of space for general practice services and a comprehensive range of
services including those that are typically provided in a hospital setting. These include:
• district nurses
• health visitors
• mental health teams
• physiotherapy
• orthotics
• sexual health and contraception advice
• podiatry
• minor surgery
• phlebotomy
• a range of consultantled clinics including ophthalmology and audiology
• self-care facilities
An onsite pharmacist, a community café and health education/training facilities are also part
of this scheme.
Shipley Hospital
This hospital is housed in a large converted 19th century house that is no longer fit-for
purpose for modern-day clinical care, contravening a number of building regulations. X-ray
and a range of therapy services are located on the ground floor with an 8-bed community
hospital on the first floor. This is a popular facility as four local GP practices use it as an
adjunct to their existing practices. There is a high risk that the facility will be disposed of and
the services decommissioned.
4.1.3 Future Development Plans
This section provides a brief summary of proposed schemes that are at varying levels of
development. Some are fairly well progressed with the details of the scheme being worked
through whereas others have previously been identified as potential for future developments
but with no firm plans in place. Many relate to GP practice refurbishments that could be
procured as third party developments.
142
At the time of writing the CIP, conditions surveys were ongoing as part of the CIAMS
process. Where possible, the findings were incorporated into the CIP.
Bradford West
Ashwell Medical Centre
This four GP practice in Toller ward is keen to extend the building to enable the service
offering to expand, accommodate community nurses and provide education and training
facilities.
Carlton Medical Centre
The Carlton Medical Centre is accommodated in a converted domestic dwelling that
presents significant access problems for people with disabilities. The tPCT is committed to
relocating this practice to more suitable premises but identifying a suitable site has been
problematic. A consultation on a potential site was completed in January 2009 but it was
concluded that an alternative site should be found.
University of Bradford Medical Centre
This GP practice is currently located on Laisteridge Lane. A part of the campus
redevelopment the practice would like to move into a new facility on the university’s central
campus. The University is developing its campus incorporating health and well being of its
staff and students as a core objective of its Estates Strategy 2010 – 2014.
Haworth Road Health Centre
Located to the north west of the city centre in Heaton ward, the proposed scheme would
involve replacing the existing Haworth Road Health Centre as the main surgery for one GP
practice and branch surgery provision for another. Bradford MDC is currently undertaking a
master-planning exercise that assesses service provision requirements in the area. A
preferred site for the new health centre has been identified but the completed Master Plan
report may have an impact and help to identify opportunities for other services to be located
into this scheme. There is potential for a public library to be collocated with this development
that would offer exciting opportunities to develop innovative service models. The council is
also looking at the option to co-locate the library services with the rebuilding of the Belle Vue
Girls and Boys Schools as part of the BSF programme.
Kensington Street Health Centre (City ward)
Half of this facility was refurbished and extended by the former City PCT and there is a now
a need to complete similar works to the other half of the facility. There is some spare land on
the site providing potential for a small colocation.
Thornton Medical Centre and Thornton Community Centre
Thornton Medical Centre is a purpose built building constructed in 1982. The Medical Centre
is now outdated and is in need of upgrading. Thornton Community Centre is adjacent to the
Medical Centre and was constructed in the 1960s. The Community Centre is owned by
143
Bradford Council and is subdivided into three parts providing accommodation for community
health services, a library and a community hall. The NHS occupy the Community Centre
under the terms of an agreement by letter dated in 1978 whereby the then health body had
use of one-third of the building in return for accepting an annual charge for one-third of the
running costs. The Community Centre is considered unsuitable for the provision of health
services and is occupied under the terms of an unsatisfactory property agreement. The
proposal under consideration is to redevelop the medical and community centres in one
scheme. The health component of this development would be in the region of 800m2.
The proposed high level service contents in this premises include- Primary Care Service,
Community Nursing, Podiatry, Library and Community Centre.
Bradford East
Barkerend Health Centre
This is a purpose-built 1970’s single storey health centre that is owned by the PCT. It houses
four GP practices and a wide range of community health services. The Health Centre is very
cramped, outdated and in need of repair and a solution has not yet been found. Avicenna
Medical Practice is one of the practices within this Health Centre and is actively looking for a
new location for their practice.
Farrow Medical Centre
This GP practice is at capacity and is unable to provide the range of services required by the
population. It also lacks any training or educational facilities. The practice has been granted
approval by the PCT to rebuild the practice following purchase of the next door land.
Moorside Surgery
This GP practice in Bolton & Undercliffe is getting rebuilt by a third party developer and is a
well developed scheme with limited opportunities for other parties to be involved.
Bradford South
Lidget Green
The area currently has no local GP provision. It is an underserved community, partly
because of the nature of the topography and poor public transport links. The PCT is currently
working on a proposal to develop a branch surgery in a church but other options could be
considered.
Parklands Medical Centre
This development would replace the existing Parklands Medical Practice on Buttershaw
Lane and would likely include provision for GPs, community nurses, a community pharmacy
and provide access to diabetes, smoking cessation and midwifery services. An appropriate
site has been acquired by BACP, and the scheme is well developed. The intention is to
progress to financial close jointly with another scheme allowing costly advisor fees to be
shared. This is currently delaying the scheme.
144
Royds Healthy Living Centre
The existing facility has been identified as being in need of redevelopment. Bradford &
Airedale Care Partnerships have identified a suitable site and are currently in discussions
with the tPCT to progress the development of this scheme.
Queensbury Health Centre
This served as the PCT’s headquarters (south and west) until February 2006 when they
relocated to Douglas Mill, a more central location in Bradford. The current site is in need of
redeveloping and refurbishing as it is cramped and difficult to access with limited parking.
Re-provision is therefore considered to be the only viable option. The proposed development
would be in the region of 760m2.
Bradford Working Women’s Service – 8 to 10 Legrams Lane, Bradford
The service currently operates from leased premises at 103B City Road, Bradford. The
premises are in extremely poor condition, are functionally unsuitable and fail to comply with
statutory requirements. There is little scope for improving the quality, suitability and
performance of 103b City Road to an acceptable standard. The current premises are posted
on the Corporate Risk Register as high risk.
Heads of Terms have been agreed on two adjacent business units at 8 to 10 Legrams Lane,
Fieldhead Business Park, Bradford. The proposed lease will be for a term of five-years with
an option to determine after three years. Fit out works are planned to start in April 2010 and
the premises will be operational in June 2010.
This development will enable the disposal of 103B City Road when the lease term ends in
February 2011 with the associated benefit of reducing backlog maintenance liabilities.
Keighley
Keighley Health & Well-being Centre
The vision is to create a health and wellbeing centre to replace the existing Holycroft Surgery
and Keighley Health Centre. The vision is to create a multifunctional facility, with in-built
flexibility to accommodate the changing needs of people using the services. Services that
promote healthy living as well as those that address ill health will feature and therefore social
care services will be a vital integral part of the development. It could also seek to include
support groups, the voluntary sector and education.
The development of this Health and Well-being Centre is a priority for the Council and the
authority has set aside £1m capital investment for the project. Work is under progress to
develop a full business case for the project.
Coronation Community Hospital
The tPCT plans to replace and rebuild the ageing Coronation Hospital in Ilkley. A two-storey
purpose-built facility is envisaged, which is currently undergoing consultation. The services
planned that best meet the needs of the local population include long-term condition
145
management, specialist consultant outreach clinics, diagnostics, rehabilitation and therapy
services.
Silsden Health Centre
This is a GP-led third party development that is currently under construction. This will serve
as a replacement for the existing health centre and replace the current GP surgery, housing
9 GPs, district nurses, health visitors, chiropody and possible enhanced services.
North Street Surgery, Keighley
It is proposed to re-provide premises for the main site and branch surgery for this newly
PCTMS practice in Keighley. Depending on the preferred location this could be linked with
the new Keighley Health Centre and could be a one or two site solution. This practice
provides a vital service in the most deprived part of Keighley and needs space for more
integrated working with eg midwives, health visitors and community mental health workers.
Shipley
Newton Way Medical Centre
Built in 1974 and extended twice in 1982 and 1998 Newton Way Medical Centre is
overcrowded and functionally unsuitable. This scheme has been in the planning stages for a
number of years and a good deal of progress has been made in recent months towards the
purchase of the land the GPs need to develop their new premises. Funding for this project
was approved by the former North Bradford PCT and a space allowance of 800-805 sq m.
was agreed.
4.2 Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust
Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust became one of the first Foundation
Trusts in April 2004. A year earlier it achieved its status as a teaching hospital, training new
doctors in partnership with the Universities of Bradford and Leeds.
The Trust is responsible for providing acute hospital care services for the people of Bradford
and neighbouring communities. It has around 1,200 beds serving a community of over a
million people, has an annual budget of £230 million and employs over 5,000 staff. It
generally serves the population south of Bingley. The hospital also takes tertiary referrals
from a wider area for complex conditions such as cochlear implants, cancers and some
surgery. The Trust has also developed a good reputation in research and the Bradford
Institute for Health Research is attracting increased funding.
4.2.1 Current Services Provision
Services are mainly provided from two hospital sites within Bradford city centre: the Bradford
Royal Infirmary and St Luke’s Hospital. The Trust also provides a number of services
delivered by a range of health professionals in various community settings.
The Bradford Royal Infirmary provides a full range of acute services, including an A&E
department and the majority of inpatient services.
146
St Luke’s Hospital provides outpatient and rehabilitation services but no emergency
services. There are two inpatient wards that are primarily for medical patients and can serve
to alleviate pressures at BRI when it is at capacity.
4.2.2 Current Estate
Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust runs its services from two buildings, the
Bradford Royal Infirmary (BRI) and St Luke’s Hospital.
Bradford Royal Infirmary has 971 beds and is also home to one of the busiest A&E
departments in the country, with more than 100,000 attendances each year. BRI’s maternity
unit is also one of the NHS’s busiest, delivering more than 5,000 babies every year
The BRI was built in the 1930’s but has greatly expanded its space in the last 20 years
through the addition of a number of units. Many of the wards are in the outdated Nightingale
design with a limited number of single bedrooms. In 2008/09 the Trust completed a number
of developmental capital projects, representing an investment of £22million in improved
facilities for patients and students. At the BRI this included two new wards providing 56 beds
for care of the elderly (adding 5 new beds in total to the hospital’s complement). The new
Sovereign Lecture Theatre opened in March 2009 enhancing the teaching and conference
facilities on site. The stand-alone Listening for Life Centre also recently opened, providing
the infrastructure for the specialist centre for cochlear implants.
The infirmary is affiliated with Leeds School of Medicine.
St Luke’s Hospital has 119 beds and houses the renal dialysis unit. It is located in Little
Horton and is mainly centred around the recently built Horton Wing. This wing is heavily
utilised and the older buildings have been converted for use as office and training space.
Some of the older estate has been demolished. Office space is provided across both
hospital sites but is limited on the BRI site with some staff housed in portacabins.
The hospital operates a radio station ‘Saint Luke's Sound’ which serves its patients and staff.
4.2.3 Future Development Plans
The refurbishment of the hospital was considered a top priority for both members and
patients when consulted about the corporate strategy. Most members felt that better facilities
such as the shops, café and newsagent provision would increase patient satisfaction along
with the refurbishment of some of the wards and departments. Plans are in place to refurbish
the Nightingale wards on the BRI site, and providing a greater range of amenities such as
catering.
The capital development plans identified in the annual plan predict £12.7m of planned
expenditure to undertake the following works:
• Refurbishment of a number of wards
• Maternity theatres and neonatal ICU development to provide more capacity for these
services, minimising transfers to Leeds
• Additional critical care beds for general and head and neck patients
147
• Completion of a new expanded Occupational Health centre for staff and local
businesses. This forms part of the Field House development which has been
rebranded as a Health & Wellbeing service to attract greater income from other
organisations that require this service.
• Refurbishment of Field House Courtyard to provide conference education facilities
and additional teaching space
• New clinical skills areas will be adjacent to the Field House development and will
involve creating mock wards for teaching purposes
• Continuing investment in replacement medical equipment including the replacement
of an MRI scanner. A second CT scanner is also required along with a revamp of
ultrasound
• Completion of more efficient energy generation schemes to reduce carbon emissions
and make more efficient use of heating
• Ongoing replacement of services infrastructure
• Relocation of paediatric ward to the main body of the campus
BTHFT has the potential to better utilise the space around its A&E department and there are
a number of possibilities that are being considered. The possibility of providing an Urgent
Care Centre bolted on to the BRI A&E department was considered but although BTHFT is
committed to working alongside NHS Bradford and Airedale in seeking solutions to
emergency admissions, there are no longer any current plans to do this. The other options
include providing additional critical care beds or providing an observation area that would
allow people admitted under the influence of alcohol to stabilise in an appropriate setting.
The drive to move outpatient services into a community setting will potentially relinquish
space on both sites providing opportunity to shut elements of either site. As the BRI site has
insufficient acute space it is envisaged that the function of the space would be adapted to
meet this demand. There is scope to sell off non-listed elements of the St Luke’s site for
alternative developments.
4.3 Airedale NHS Trust
Airedale NHS Trust is responsible for the operation of Airedale Hospital which serves a
population of over 200,000 people from a widespread area covering 500 square miles within
Yorkshire and Lancashire - stretching as far as the Yorkshire Dales and the National Park in
North Yorkshire, reaching areas of North Bradford and Guiseley in West Yorkshire and
extending into Colne and Pendle in the East of Lancashire.
The Trust employs 2,100 staff and in a year typically treats 25,000 inpatients, 22,000 day
cases and 104,000 outpatient appointments. The Accident and Emergency Department sees
and treats over 47,000 patients every year.
There are three PCT’s commissioning services from this Trust with NHS Bradford and
Airedale being the primary one. 60% of their business comes rom the Bradford and Airedale
district, 30% from North Yorkshire and the remaining 10% from Lancashire.
148
Airedale NHS Trust is a popular hospital and its rural location means there is a greater
community focus and is perceived by patients as a personal and caring environment. The
Trust is on track towards achieving Foundation status in April 2010.
4.3.1 Current Services Provision
Airedale Hospital opened in 1970 and provides general acute and elective health care. It is
located in Steeton, Keighley, close to the North Yorkshire border. Most specialist services
that are provided on a sub-regional basis are typically located at the city based hospitals
such as the BRI and Leeds Hospitals. The Trust also provides services at the following sites
within the Bradford and Airedale region which are owned and run by the Primary Care Trust:
• Bingley Hospital
• Coronation Hospital, Ilkley
• Keighley Health Centre
At Bingley Hospital the Trust predominantly provides rehabilitation services such as
physiotherapy, occupational therapy and a small range of outreach clinics. There are no
diagnostics other than phlebotomy.
At the Coronation Hospital services are focused around care for the elderly, providing
multiple appointments in a single visit. A range of diagnostic services are provided on this
site including x-ray.
4.3.2 Current Estate
The majority of the buildings on the Trust estate are over 35 years old and the demands
being placed upon them, far exceed the expectations when it was esigned. Airedale NHS
Trust’s Estates Strategy: Building a Firm Foundation, 2009-2014 details the Development
Control Plan for the site. As part of this work a comprehensive estates appraisal was
undertaken which identified the main estates issue to be the scale of the backlog
maintenance required to:
• Improve the site engineering infrastructure.
• Comply with building standards, e.g. health, safety, fire.
• Generally improve the internal condition of buildings.
There is spare capacity within the current estate which means new build options are not a
high priority. Two wards are empty with one used for storage and the other mothballed.
Within the Day Hospital there is also empty space.
Bradford District Care Trust has a new build hospital located on the Airedale Hospital site
which provides inpatient mental health services.
149
4.3.3 Future Development Plans
The refurbishment and redesign of the paediatric department has recently been completed
providing much improved facilities for children. Work is now progressing to reconfigure the
A&E department to enable expansion by 2012.
The Trust is working with the PCT to help minimise avoidable admissions and there is scope
for a Clinical Decision Unit to be established at the front-end of A&E to appropriately triage
patients to A&E or a primary care specialist.
A ward upgrade programme is underway to improve the general environment and functional
suitability of each ward and to introduce more single bed accommodation and thus improve
the privacy and dignity of patients. This will also enable greater potential for segregation to
prevent infectious diseases from spreading. Creating an integrated Cardiology unit from two
existing wards is another key element of this works programme.
Reconfiguration of office accommodation is another key element of the estate’s strategy and
this involves three phases:
• A feasibility study to investigate the potential of using the existing Day Hospital
block for office accommodation
• Relocation of the Day Hospital to part of Ward 4 and clinics into the Outpatients
department
• Relocation of some office accommodation from old residential blocks into the Day
Hospital.
This reconfiguration will enable clinical care to be consolidated within the core of the hospital
while support services are located around the edge. Once all of the old residential
accommodation has been emptied, the spare land on the site will create possible
development opportunities either for other healthcare partners or to support other health
village style initiatives. In the future a solution will need to be found for the vacated old
residential blocks that sit at the top of the site. Options include mothballing, selling the site
for commercial development or there may be the need to develop new office accommodation
for approximately 100 staff in its place.
There are a variety of other capital development projects that have been identified to rectify
many of the more important aspects of backlog maintenance. These include:
• Kitchen upgrade project
• Outpatient / therapies improvements
• Helipad extension
• Extension of staff changing accommodation
• Backlog maintenance works
150
4.4 Bradford District Care Trust
Bradford District Care Trust provides mental health and learning disability services to
Bradford and Airedale, and mental health services only to the Craven population. The
services are provided for all age groups and encompass day-care, inpatient care and
community services. The Care Trust was established in 2002 and is expected to receive
Foundation Trust status by March 2010. The Care Trust employs over 2,500 staff.
NHS Bradford and Airedale commissions services from the Trust, as do NHS North
Yorkshire and York and Bradford Metropolitan District Council. The Trust also works closely
with charitable and voluntary sector organisations across the District who fulfil a growing role
in the delivery of services to the Trust’s service users.
The Trust’s catchment area includes all of Bradford & Airedale but spans further north east
into Lancashire.
4.4.1 Current Services Provision
The Care Trust provides services across six care groups:
Adult Mental Health- this care group provides a comprehensive range of services to
support individuals’ specific mental health needs from a variety of settings including 24 hour
staffed inpatient wards from two main hospital sites, residential homes, supported care
homes or coordinated by staff working in community mental health teams.
Older People's Mental Health Services- addresses the specific needs of people over the
age of 65 with mental health problems. It provides care within hospital and day services
alongside visiting service users in their homes.
Learning Disabilities- this service is for people with learning disabilities once their formal
education ends. The Care Trust provides residential, integrated health and social care
support with finding employment and housing, and liaison with non-statutory organisations.
Child & Adolescent Mental Health Services- works with children and young people from
the pre-school years up to school leaving age. Services include a range of specialist advice,
support and treatment with outpatient and group sessions in the community.
Substance Misuse Service-supports people who have problems related to misuse of drugs,
alcohol and other substances. Assessment, care planning and treatment are delivered in a
variety of ways, including the support of people within inpatient and community detoxification
settings.
Forensic- this service offers care and treatment to people who have committed a criminal
offence, or may be at risk of doing so, and whose needs cannot be met within a general
psychiatric service.
151
4.4.2 Current Estate
The Trust’s headquarters are located in New Mill, a converted Victorian Mill in Saltaire,
Shipley. This facility has training and meeting room space available for use by the Trust and
its partners.
The two main hospital facilities for the Trust’s services include the Airedale Centre for Mental
Health located on the Airedale General Hospital site in Steeton, Keighley, and the Lynfield
Mount Hospital in Bradford.
The Airedale Centre is a purpose-built facility that opened in 2007 and provides a range of
mental health services including acute psychiatric care. Lynfield Mount Hospital, including
Daisy Hill House, provides a range of mental health services including acute psychiatric and
low secure forensic services. Some accommodation within the site is being reorganised to
align with changing inpatient services demand arising from continued strengthening of
related community services.
Other facilities utilised by the Trust include:
Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (2010)
152
4.4.3 Future Development Plans
The Trust is keen to rationalise its estate, disposing of assets which are no longer required
and reorganising services to make better use of retained premises.
A summary of the key proposals include:
Leeds Road Hospital – this is surplus to requirements and is being disposed of when
market conditions allow. An affordable housing development is an option for redevelopment
but if this does not happen, the site could have other possible alternative uses subject to
market demand. It is estimated that the proposal will be implemented commencing 2010-11,
subject to the Leeds Road Hospital rationalisation/sale timetable.
Moor Lane Centre – Moor Lane Centre is now closed and the site will be disposed of once
market conditions allow.
Daisy Bank Hospital – features within the Trust’s Estate Rationalisation Plan, although
rationalisation will be subject to relocation of remaining care and corporate services on the
site.
Lynfield Mount Hospital – service development plans are currently being reviewed.
The CAMHS service is currently developing its estate requirements for the medium and
long-term. Some occasional use of facilities may be required within the Keighley LIFT facility
being developed by the PCT.
4.5 Public Health and Prevention
The role of the City of Bradford Metropolitan District Councils Emergency Management
Team (based in City Hall, Bradford) is to coordinate the Council's response to emergencies
and disasters that affect the district or incident/events that have potential of possible
disruption within the district.
The majority of emergencies/disasters that Emergency Management Team plans for and
responds to present a serious threat to one or more of the following:
• Human Welfare
• The Environment
• Security of the district
Examples of natural emergencies/disasters:
• Flooding events
• Severe Weather disruptions
• Disease
153
Examples of man-made emergencies/disasters:
• Chemical incidents
• Transport incidents
• Terrorism
In the past the Emergency Management Team has responded to a number of emergencies
that have affected the District. These include:
• Severe weather
• Flooding
• Large fires
• Acetylene cylinder fires
• Suspect package incidents
Many of these incidents have involved evacuation of the public from the immediate areas
affected, required road closures and diversions to be put in place, the closure of some
schools as well as other environmental impacts.
Overview of the Emergency Management Team’s role:
With the introduction of the Civil Contingencies Act 2004, the Council has a statutory duty
placed upon it to carry out civil contingency planning.
In order to comply with this duty and to ensure an effective response is delivered to lessen
the impact or disruption on the district and the community of Bradford the Emergency
Management Team:
- Carry out district wide risk/hazard assessments and ensure planning meets the
needs of the district
- Prepare emergency plans which need to be generic and flexible to deal with a
variety of situations as well as specific plans for known risks/hazards. These plans
are prepared in consultation with emergency services, health service, voluntary
organisations, utilities and other partner organisations
- Ensure Business/Service Continuity Management processes are in place to
maintain a reasonable level of service for the district no matter what disruptions are
faced, therefore creating a more resilient district. In addition to provide advice to
businesses and organisations in the district on matters relating to business
continuity management
- Test and exercise the emergency plans. This includes in-house as well as joint
multi agency training and exercising
- Provide the public with information and advice before and during the incident. In
addition, the emergency management team provide support for incidents that affect
a large community in such a way that the recovery process runs into months or
possibly years. Such information may cover the following:
154
• Current emergency management policies, emergency plans or
summary of the plans
• What to do in an emergency (general and specific advice)
• What the Council's role is during an emergency
• Links to other organisations that can provide specialist advice
This kind of information assists the council in helping the community affected to help
themselves and provides a degree of preparedness within the district.
Emergency Plans: The Council's Emergencies Handbook accommodates the following plans
produced by the Emergency Management Team.
Generic Plan: Major Peacetime Disaster Scheme also known as MPDS: The aim of this plan
is to activate services and resources rather than responding to a specific incident; therefore
it is very flexible and gives the council the opportunity to either activate in part for smaller
incidents or whole if the incident becomes declared as a major disaster.
Specific Plans: These plans are prepared for known risks/hazards, historical evidence
suggesting the need for a plan and for resources that require special mobilisation and time to
setup.
• Control Of Major Accident Hazards – COMAH Plan
• Emergency Helpline Plan
• Fatal/Serious Injury Incident Plan
• Landfill Gas Emergency Procedures
• Mortuary Plan
• Rabies Contingency Plan
• Radioactive Hazards
• Rest Centres
• Flood Plan
• Severe Weather Plan
• Tunnels Plan
• Utilities Plan
All these plans could be accessed from the council website below:
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/public_order_justice_and_rights/emergencies/emergency_mana
gement_team/emergency_response_arrangements/era_plan.htm
There are other arrangement and procedures in place some produced locally and others at a
West Yorkshire level.
‘Who does what in emergencies: Multi Agency Emergency Procedures for West Yorkshire’
(May 2007) prepared by the West Yorkshire Emergency Planning Officers Forum can be
found by clicking on the link below:-
155
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/6DC7F4C4-ED59-482A-9079-
AD1C6848F508/0/WhoDoesWhatInEmergencies05_07.pdf
5.0 Gypsies and travellers accommodation
The distribution of the Gypsy and Traveller population across West Yorkshire is relatively
uneven with heavier concentrations in the larger authorities of Bradford, Leeds and
Wakefield. This pattern is mirrored in terms of the incidences of unauthorised Encampments
Bradford, Leeds and Wakefield currently provide a total of 126 pitches on their local authority
sites. There are a further 17 pitches on private authorised sites in the sub-region
concentrated in Bradford and Kirklees.
Table: Council Gypsy and Traveller sites at October 2007
Source: West Yorkshire Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Assessment (2008)
These sites are large by national standards and occupancy rates are relatively high across
all sites. There has been no change in the number of pitches over the past 5 years at any of
the sites. All these sites are currently managed by a site manager or warden employed by
the local authority, however the post at Mary Street in Bradford is presently vacant. The
previous site warden at Mary Street was a site resident but resigned in 2005 and has not
been replaced. The intention is to find a replacement from the same source if possible.
Table: Facilities and Living Quality of Council Gypsy and Traveller Sites
Site facilities - Amenity units for each pitch; - Site office; - Animal grazing (Esholt Lane only).
Facilities in amenity units
- Bath and shower; - WC with access from lobby; - Space/provision for cooking and laundry; - Space for eating/ sitting; - Effective heating in bathroom.
156
Quality of surroundings /environment
- Very good (Esholt Lane) - Very poor (Mary Street)
Location and access to schools/shops
- Very good (Mary Street) - Good (Esholt Lane)
Site condition and maintenance - Very good (both sites)
Any known disputes etc over last year?
- Disputes between residents (Esholt Lane) - Vandalism (Mary Street).
Source: West Yorkshire Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Assessment (2008)
Amenity provision on the sites appears to be good, but there are environmental and access
issues at Mary Street.
There are also 5 authorised private sites identified in Bradford.
Table: Authorised Private Sites in Bradford
Site Pitches/caravans Planning Status
Raglan Terrace 1 pitch Approved
Square Street 1 pitch Approved
Mill Car Hill Road 2 pitches Application submitted
Westgate Hill Street 2 pitches Approved
Westgate Hill Street 1 pitch Approved
Source: West Yorkshire Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Assessment (2008)
Generally, these are very small encampments, usually only consisting of one or two
caravans or trailers and in every case just one family/household. However, the WYGATAA
Study has highlighted that given the sheer geographical scale of the sub-region and the
infrequency of the caravan count it is possible that there are more 'hidden' private sites
within West Yorkshire including Bradford.
Incidents of unauthorised development of Gypsy and Travellers sites are not as common as
they are in the wider region or in the national context. However, the above study has
identified six cases of possible unauthorised development in West Yorkshire, 3 of them
being within Bradford. Moreover, there have been 53 incidents of unauthorised
encampments were recorded in 2006 with an average duration of staying of 10.1 days. The
majority of encampments on LA land are resolved by negotiation. Only four encampments
out of 25 involved a court order.
There are also two sites within the district that accommodates 17 plots for the travelling
showpeople.
- Paley Road (1.97 hectares- 15 households) in Bowling, Bradford West
Constituency. The site is owned by the BMDC and rented to the Guild-also used
as parking space for vehicles.
- Gain Lane (2 households)
157
Future needs An Accommodation Study was produced in May last year by CRESR (commissioned by the
West Yorkshire Housing Partnership) which assessed the future needs of G&T sites across
the WY region. It has identified a need for 80 additional pitches in Bradford in the period to
2026 but there is a shortfall now which needs pressing action. The study revealed that the
majority of the new accommodation will need to be social provision. Although there are
Government grants currently available for sites, so far most of the grant take up regionally
has been for refurbishment of existing sites.
Table: Summary of estimated G&T site need in Bradford
Need for 2008-12 19 standard pitches + 6 transit pitches
Need for 2013-15 (based on family growth)
6 standard pitches
Total Requirement 2008-15 31 pitches
Additional requirement 2016-26 31 pitches
Gypsy’s & Travellers
Total Requirement 2008-26 62 pitches
Need for 2008-12 6 pitches
Need for 2013-15 (based on family growth)
2 pitches
Total Requirement 2008-15 8 pitches
Additional requirement 2016-26 10 pitches
Travelling Showpeople
Total Requirement 2008-26 18 pitches Source: West Yorkshire Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Assessment (2008)
Council’s Housing Strategy reflects the requirements for future pitches but there is no action
plan in place as to how the needs will be met. Moreover, it is possible that the existing Mary
Street site may be needed for a new Waste Management facility – therefore a consequent
replacement for the site would be additional to the pitches needed specified above.
The sorts of areas suitable for gypsy and traveller sites will be addressed in the LDF Core
Strategy and in particular allocations DPDs.
6.0 Community Services
Post offices
Post Office Ltd is a wholly owned subsidiary of Royal Mail Group. With a nationwide
network of Post Office branches across the country the Post Office network is the UK’s
biggest retailer.
Post Office branches were established originally for the acceptance of mail, but their use
expanded to include the payment of pensions and other financial transactions. Post Office
Ltd. now offers more than 170 different products and services, including telephony, financial
services, bill payment, banking and travel related products. Post Office Ltd is the largest
158
provider of foreign currency in the UK and the leading independent provider of travel
insurance.
Post Office services are provided online and by phone in addition to face to face. There are
lots of different types of outlets in the network including Crown Office branches in city
centres, outlets run by subpostmasters that combine a shop with the Post Office branch, as
well as Outreaches Services including mobile Post Offices, and services that visit village
halls or churches.
Post Office Ltd serves over 22 million customers a week who make 34 million visits and
approximately 63 million transactions. Approximately 93% of the UK adult population visit a
Post Office branch each year.
The plan below shows that Post Office sub offices are evenly dispersed throughout Bradford
District. There is potentially the need to provide more local area services to ……. (find out
whether there is the need to provide more local area service to parts of the district).
The Government has recognised that fewer people are using Post Office branches, partly
because traditional service, including benefit payments are now available in other ways,
such as online or directly through banks. It has concluded that the overall size and shape of
the Post Office network of branches needs to change.
Post Office Ltd has now in place a Network Change Programme to implement measures
proposed by the Government. The programme will involve the compulsory compensated
closure of up to 2,500 Post Office branches (out of a Network of 14,000 branches) with the
introduction of about 500 service points known as Outreaches to mitigate the impact of the
proposed closures.
Bradford District is covered by two Post Office Network Change Programme Area Plan
Proposals:-
• Area Plan Proposal for West Yorkshire
• Area Plan Proposal for North Yorkshire with Yorkshire East and Keighley Area
Each of the above Area Plan Proposals has been subject to public consultation during
2007/2008 to ensure that the views of the local people are taken into account before any
final decisions are made by Post Office Ltd.
Post Office Ltd. has confirmed that the following 16 Post Office branches within the Bradford
District are to close:-
• Ashbourne Estate, Bolton Road, Bradford
• Bradford Road, Stocksbridge, Keighley
• Chellow Dene, 1-3 Pearson Lane, Bradford
• City Road, Bradford
159
• Duckworth Lane, Bradford
• East Morton, 7-9 Main Road, East Morton, Keighley
• East Bierley, 59-60 Southview Road, Bradford
• Highfield, 21 Belgrave Road, Keighley
• Leaventhorpe (Temporaily closed), 1009 Thornton Road, Bradford
• Leeds Road, 812 Leeds Road, Bradford
• Leeds Road, 24 Dean Street, Ilkley
• Manningham, 14-18 Green Lane, Bradford
• St Pauls Road, 51 Bradford Road, Shipley
• Undercliffe, 10 Harrogate Road, Bradford
• Wibsey, 96 High Street, Bradford
• Woodhall Avenue, Bradford
Post Office Ltd has considered the relative convenience of alternative branches for those
customers whose closest branch will close. Of the 10.2% of customers who use a branch
that has closed, 10% do have access to Post Office services within one mile as measured by
road distance (3% being within half a mile of their nearest alternative). According to Post
Office Ltd, in total 99.8% of the population will either see no change, or will be within one
mile of an alternative branch.
The plan shows that the remaining 64 sub post offices are evenly dispersed throughout the
District and that Post Office Ltd are confident that the remaining post office branches
conform to the national accessibility criteria set by the Government.
See link to the Network Change Programme here http://www.postoffice.co.uk/portal/po/content1?catId=57600693&mediaId=57600697
Libraries Bradford Council manages 31 libraries across Bradford District. These are listed below:-
Addingham Library
Allerton Library
Baildon Library
Bingley Library
Burley Library
Central Library
Clayton Library
Denholme Library
East Bowling Library
Eccleshill Library
Girlington Library
Great Horton Library
Haworth Road Library
Heaton Library
Holme Wood Library
Idle Library
160
Ilkley Library
Keighley Library
Laisterdyke Library
Manningham Library
Menston Library
Queensbury Library
Shipley Library
Silsden Library
St. Augustine's Library
Thornbury Library
Thornton Library
Wibsey Library
Wilsden Library
Wrose Library
Wyke Library
ADD GIS PLAN SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE LIBRARIES There are also 3 mobile libraries that travel to different locations around the District. The
Libraries provide a range of services including loaning of books, DVDs, CDs and audio
books, 24/7 web access to the library catalogue and other information resources. All libraries
offer free internet access, free requests for in stock items, storytimes and activities for
children and families. Many libraries also offer reading groups and informal learning
opportunities. Larger libraries also have meeting rooms, photocopying facilities, local and
family history material and business information.
The size of library members and the number of annual and average weekly visits, as shown
in the following table, indicate that existing libraries in Bradford are well used by the
communities across the district.
Table: Library usage in Bradford District Library Name Annual Visit numbers Average visits per week Library Members
Addingham 3335 64.1 543
Allerton 19730 379.4 2046
Baildon 65919 1267.7 4201
Bingley 99253 1908.7 8861
Burley 35340 679.6 2397
Central 294421 5661.9 51043
Clayton 22199 426.9 2271
Denholme 4751 91.4 539
East Bowling 11461 220.4 1054
Eccleshill 116892 2247.9 12689
Girlington 21318 410.0 2070
Great Horton 34883 670.8 3870
Haworth Road 15829 304.4 1470
Heaton 3023 58.1 207
Holme Wood 28266 543.6 2854
Idle 10225 196.6 567
Ilkley 131396 2526.8 11796
Keighley 271603 5223.1 25412
161
Laisterdyke 59692 1147.9 6297
Manningham (estimate) 120000 2307.7 8361
Menston 29291 563.3 2194
Queensbury 9787 188.2 1179
Shipley 309791 5957.5 24052
Silsden 14659 281.9 2043
St. Augustine's 7776 149.5 894
Thornbury 21157 406.9 1784
Thornton 12480 240.0 1113
Wibsey 34154 656.8 5677
Wilsden 4450 85.6 251
Wrose 5554 106.8 546
Wyke 47924 921.6 4216
Mobile Library Service (incl Home delivery/delivery vans)
29829 573.6 1957
TOTAL 1896388 36469.0 194454 Source: Bradford Libraries, Department of Culture, Tourism and sport, CBMDC.
The role of the library within the community is changing resulting in libraries working in
partnership with other community services and sharing resources and accommodation
whenever possible.
The recent review of library services21 in the District recommends further development of
partnership working and commissioning of services, working closely with local communities
to ensure local libraries meet local needs and moving towards a more flexible operation able
to delivery library services in a variety of settings.
Community centres
Community centres in Bradford offer facilities for a wide range of events including parties,
corporate and social events, meetings, conferences and sporting activities. These centres
play an important part in contributing towards community vibrancy. MAP shows the location
of all of the Community Centres in Bradford.
ADD MAP SHOWING THE LOCATION OF COMMUNITY CENTRES
There are 96 Community Centres across the Bradford Sitrict according to the data held by
DIVA – the voluntary organisations database for Bradford District.
• Activity and Recreation Centre (ARC)
• All Saints Landmark Centre
• Anand Milan Centre
• Baildon Community Link
• Bangladeshi Community Association - Bradford (BCAB)
• Bangladeshi Community Association -
• Kirkgate Community Centre
• Kirkland Community Centre
• Laisterdyke Trinity Community Centre
• Light of The World Community Centre (LOTWCC)
• Long Lee Village Hall
• Manningham Mills Community
21 ERS (2010) Bradford MDC: Library Service Review. Report submitted to the Council Executive on
30 March 2010.
162
Keighley (BCA)
• Bedale Centre
• Bierley Community Centre
• Bolton Villas HUB Project (The HUB)
• Bolton Woods Community Centre
• Bracken Bank and District Community Association
• Bradford Moor Community Centre
• Bradford Moor Youth Sports Association
• Braithwaite and Guardhouse Community Association
• Braithwaite People's Association (BPA)
• Buttershaw Christian Family Centre (BCFC)
• Cafe West
• Canterbury Youth and Community Centre
• Checkpoint / Bradford West Indian Community Centre Association
• Claremont Community Trust
• Clayton Village Hall Community Centre
• Community Association of Great Horton
• Communityworks
• Communityworks in Buttershaw and Cooperville
• Cottingley Cornerstone
• Crosley Wood Tenants Action Group
• Cullingworth Village Hall
• Delius Arts and Cultural Centre
• Eccleshill Youth And Community Association Ltd
• Edward's Rainbow Family Community Centre
• Equity Partnership - Bradford LGB Strategic Partnership
• Fagley Youth and Community Centre
• Friends of The Gateway
• Frizinghall Community Centre
• Frontline Initiative
• Girlington Community Association (GCA)
• Grange Interlink Community Centre
• Greenwood Youth and Community Association
• Gulberg Community Resource Centre
• Hainworth Wood Community Centre
• Haworth Community Centre
• Heaton St Barnabas Village Hall
Association (MMCA)
• Marshfield Community Association (MCA)
• Millan Centre
• Newton Street Day Centre
• North Community Centre
• North East Windhill Community Association (NEWCA)
• Pakistan Community Neighbourhood Association
• Pan African Arts and Cultural Group (PAACG)
• Park Lane Community Association Ltd
• Parkside Community Centre
• Parkwood Risers
• Polish Community Centre - Friday Group
• Princeville Community Association
• Queensbury Community Centre
• Queensbury Community Programme (QCP)
• Ravenscliffe Community Association (RCA)
• Ravenscliffe Youth Centre
• Rockwell Centre
• Royds Community Association (RCA)
• Ryecroft Community Centre
• Sangat Community Association (Sangat Centre)
• Scholemoor Community Association
• Shree Krishna Community Centre
• South Square Centre
• Springfield Youth And Community Centre
• St Christopher's Youth Project
• St John's Centre
• St Mary's New Horizons Care in the Community (New Horizons)
• St Oswald's West End Centre
• Sutton Community Association (SCA)
• The Diamond Community Cafe (DCC)
• The Khidmat Centre
• The Source
• The Vine Trust
• Thornbury Centre
• Victor Road Community Project
• Wilsden Village Hall
• Woodside Action Group (WAG)
• Wrose Community Centre
• Wyke Christian Fellowship (WCF)
• Wyke Community And Children's Centre Ltd
163
• Highfield Community Centre
• Holmewood Activity Centre
• Hopes Centre (HCCC)
• Idle Baptist Church and Community Centre
• Karmand Community Centre
• Keighley Association Women's and Children's Centre (KAWACC)
• Wyke Manor Community Centre
• YMCA - City of Bradford
The Council is currently undertaking a review of community centres in the District. Once the
findings of this review are available, the information will be used to update and inform this
Plan.
Youth Services
Bradford Councils Youth Services provide information and support on young people’s health,
their rights, education, training, housing, jobs, leisure, volunteering and more. Youth
Services offer new experiences for thousands of young people from across the District who
wish to take part in our live music events, outdoor challenges, international exchanges, song
writing, drama, photography, film-making, Bradford & Keighley Youth Parliament,
environmental projects, cultural events and more. Youth Services also create opportunities
for young people to learn informally and achieve recognition by gaining accreditation and
awards.
Bradford Youth Service has projects, Youth Cafes and centres at Bradford North, Bradford
South, Bradford West, Shipley and Keighley. ADD GIS MAP SHOWING CHILDRENS
YOUTH FACILITIES
Keighley (Craven, Ilkley, Keighley, Worth Valley)
Parkwood Centre for young people
Parkwood Street
Keighley
BD21 1QH
Bradford North (Bolton and Undercliffe, Bowling & Barkerend, Bradford Moor, Eccleshill,
Idle & Thackley, Manningham)
Laisterdyke Youth & Community Centre
Manse Street
Leeds Road
Bradford
BD3 8PR
Shipley (Baildon, Bingley, Shipley, Wharfedale, Wrose and Windhill)
Highcroft Youth Centre
Snowden Road
Wrose
164
Shipley
BD18 JD
Bradford South (Great Horton, Queensbury, Royds, Tong, Wibsey, Wyke)
West Bowling Youth Centre
Parkside Road
West Bowling
Bradford
BD5 8EH
Bradford West (City, Clayton & Fairweather Green, Heaton, Thornton and Allerton, Toller)
Toller Youth Café
2, Duckworth Lane
Bradford
BD9 5EP
Free internet access, information, advice and services on anything that affects young people
are available at:
The Information Shop for Young People, 12, Broadway, Bradford.
Tel: 01274 432431 / 2
www.bradford.gov.uk/infoshop
The Keighley Connexions Centre, 79 Low Street, Keighley Town Centre.
Tel: 01535 618100
www.bradford.gov.uk/kcc
Social services/over 50s/support
In line with national trends, Bradford has an aging population, with a projected increase by
2025 from 68,600 to 90,800 in the over-65’s. A further demographic analysis has been
presented in the Adult & Community Services 5-Year Strategy 2007-12 which in turn has
informed the District’s statutory Joint Strategic Needs Assessment, and the development of
a joint commissioning strategy for older people (‘joint’ refers principally to joint
commissioning of health and social care with NHS Bradford & Airedale tPCT). The key
points, as highlighted by the reports, in respect of delivering services to the elderly
population of Bradford are that the rate of growth is higher amongst very elderly people than
the 65+ population (the number of people aged 85 and over is already increasing, and is set
to increase by 45% in the next 15 years, from 9,200 to 13,400) and there will be increasing
numbers from ethnic minority groups. There will also be increased numbers of older people
and carers living with long-term conditions, affecting both physical and mental health; for
example estimated numbers of people with dementia will increase in the same period from
5,400 to 7,100 (+31%).
165
Bradford District older people population projections
5 year projected growth in Bradford’s older people population 2007-12
Source: Bradford Adult Services 5-year Strategy 2007-2012
Bradford Council’s Adult Services is responsible to support older people and other adults in
the district including those with physical, sensory or learning disabilities, mental health
problems, drug or alcohol dependence and those with HIV/Aids.
In Bradford there are 91 care homes alongside 63 care homes with nursing facilities. A
comprehensive list and details of each of the care homes could be found in Bradford District
Care Services Directory 2008/09 downloadable from the following link-
http://www.bradford.gov.uk/health_well-
being_and_care/adult_care/bradford_care_services_directory.htm
THE MAP below shows the location of adult social care facilities in Bradford. In terms of
adult social care facilities, this includes day care centres, resource centres (which offer
services and activities for adults who have physical or sensory disability, support people who
wish to gain paid employment, enter voluntary work or take part in further/higher education
and run courses in Business Administration, Computer Use, Music, Drama and Personal
Development), and older people’s residential care homes.
ADD MAP SHOWING ADULT SERVICES FACILITIES (DAY CARE CENTRES,
RESOURCE CENTRES, OLDER PEOPLE RESIDENTIAL CARE HOMES)
166
Apart from responding to the challenges of meeting the continued need and demand for care
and support from the district’s aging population, the adult services have to make a strategic
move towards providing greater choice and control to service users. The emphasis in social
care is on support for the individual rather than physical facilities. Care within the community,
fostering and a national policy emphasis on care within the recipient’s own home are altering
the traditional notions of residential institutions. Public and private sector partnership is also
increasingly the main delivery mechanism for social care.
The following points sets out some of the features that will define future care and support in
Bradford district:
• Predominately home-based support, including extra care and supported housing.
• Increased use of a range of assistive technologies, e.g. telecare.
• A high level of self-assessment and self-directed care underpinned by information,
advice, advocacy and brokerage support.
• An increased emphasis on prevention.
• An ability to respond to outcomes as defined by users.
• An ability to respond flexibly to users’ preferences and choices.
• Promotion of social inclusion.
• Specialist services, normally delivered jointly with health, where individual needs
are very complex.
From financial point of view, the future challenge to the adult service will depend on the
impact of demographic change leading to increased needs alongside decisions about the
care models required to meet these needs. At present, the department is unable to meet
current levels of need with budget pressures of £5m. It is estimated that demographic
pressures will increase this by an additional £5.4m over the next 5 years. Alongside this
there are additional service pressures of £8.5m, which lead to a possible budget shortfall in 5
years of approximately £18.9m. Analysis of spend in the comparator group of authorities
indicates that the department is currently spending an average £14.75m less on Adult
Services.
The significant increase in overall costs is reflected in the Wanless Review22, which attempts
to project the cost of social care for older people up to 2026. Using current service provision
models, it projects an increase of 139% in the gross cost of provision. Local analysis of the
demographic impact on older people’s funded care home placements indicates costs could
increase by £5 - £7.5m over the next 15 years.
Based on this emerging trend of future needs and aspiration of older people in Bradford and
the financial challenges being faced by the service, the council recently has carried out an
assessment of the care and support services it provides in the council owned 11 residential
care homes and in the 7 extra-care housing schemes commissioned by the council. The
Council’s eleven residential care homes are currently providing a very wide range of
22 The Wanless Review ‘Securing good care for older people’ (2006) used a model based on
estimating the numbers of older people with different levels of functional impairment. See Bradford District Adult Services Five Year Strategy 2007-12 for more detail.
167
services, covering long-stay (permanent) care; short-stays (mainly to provide carer breaks);
rehabilitation and assessment (intermediate care); and specialist care for people with
primarily mental health needs. But unfortunately the current assessment has found that all
these 11 residential care homes are unlikely, in their current condition, to meet future
expectations for the quality of their environment and accommodation. (This is no reflection
on the quality of care provided by the staff teams). None of them would meet all the statutory
registration standards for room size and en-suite facilities if they were opening new or being
reregistered; they all rely on lower standards applied to existing homes. There fore the
council is currently working on finalising option for the future of these 11 care homes. The
options include securing capital investment over the next 5-10 years to ensure that the care
homes meet standards and expectations for high quality accommodation, focussing on
specific care provisions, and/or closing all in-house provision over the next 10 years.
Further information on Adult Services can be found here:- http://www.bradford.gov.uk/health_well-being_and_care/adult_care/ The Councils Guide to Over 50s can be found by clicking on the link below:- http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/B519825C-38A2-4FEB-ADC8-6CF134A3B7F5/0/W18685AZGUIDEOVER50SJune08final.pdf
West Yorkshire Police West Yorkshire Police is the Home Office Department Police Force responsible for policing
West Yorkshire. It is the fourth largest force in England and Wales by number of officers,
with 5671 officers and 3,600 support staff including Police Community Support Officers.
The authority has forty-seven neighbourhood Policing teams covering all corners of the force
area. These teams are inspector led and consist of sergeants, constables and police
community support officers. A total of 1,647 Police Officers and Police Community Support
Officers are members of local neighbourhood policing teams and play a valuable role at the
‘grass roots’ of community policing. All student officers who join West Yorkshire Police start
their service within a neighbourhood team.
168
Figure : West Yorkshire Police Force Divisions
West Yorkshire Police Authority contains 9 councillors, 3 magistrates and 5 independent
members. The councillors are appointed by the five borough councils in the area - Bradford,
Calderdale, Kirklees, Leeds and Wakefield.
Proposals made by the Home Secretary on March 21, 2006 would see the force merge with
North Yorkshire Police, South Yorkshire Police and Humberside Police to form a strategic
police force for the entire region. These plans are currently under review and not expected to
take place in the foreseeable future.
For operational purposes, West Yorkshire Police is divided into 8 divisions. Bradford District
is covered by two divisions:-
Airedale & North Bradford Division comprises a mixture of urban and rural conurbations.
The divisional headquarters is situated in Keighley and there are sub-stations in Shipley,
Bingley, Eccleshill and Ilkely. The figure below shows the localities which fall within this
division.
169
Figure: Airedale and North Bradford Division
• Bingley & Worth
Bingley, Bingley Rural and Worth
• Eccleshill
Bolton, Undercliffe, Eccleshill and Idle, Thackley
• Keighley
Bogthorn, Exley Head, Fell Lane, Bracken Bank & Ingrow, Braithwaite, Guard House
and Laycock, East Morton and Riddlesden, Hainworth & Woodhouse, Keighley
Fields , Keighley Town Centre, Knowle Park, Utley & Beechcliffe and Worth Village
• North Bradford
Allerton & Lower Grange, Clayton, Fairweather Green, Frizinghall, Heaton, Sandy
Lane and Thornton
• Shipley
Baildon, Shipley and Windhill, Wrose
• Wharfedale & Craven
Addingham, Burley-in-Wharfedale, Ilkley, Menston, Silsden and Steeton-with-
Eastburn
170
Bradford South Division covers an area of 4,320 hectares with a population of 120,800
people and approximately 50,000 dwellings. The Police Stations are located at Nelson Street
Bradford (Bradford South Divisional HQ) and Lilycroft Road, Manningham. The division
covers the city centre which includes a number of densely populated residential
communities. Away from the city centre, the Division polices eight of Bradford’s thirteen large
housing estates.
Figure: Bradford South Division
• NP Area 1
Bradford City Centre, Bradford University and College and Brown Royd and Horton
Grange
• NP Area 2
Bradford Moor, East Bowling & Tyersal and Wapping, Undercliffe, Barkerend
• NP Area 3
Bierley and Euroway Trading Estate, Holmewood, Low Moor, Oakenshaw, Tong and
Wyke
• NP Area 4
Buttershaw, Clayton Heights, Queensbury, Wibsey & Odsal and Woodside
• NP Area 5
Great Horton, Lidget Green and Scholemoor, Little Horton and West Bowling
• NP Area 6
Daisy Hill and Girlington and Manningham
171
The current Police provision is monitored on a daily basis across the District and the Police
Stations operate on a fluid basis. Where by if demand requires Officers from one Station
area to support another area, they are relocated.
Within the Airedale and North area the police estate mainly consists of Javelin House at
Eccleshill and Airedale House in Keighley (headquarters). There are also police stations in
Ilkley, Shipley and Bingley.
The Bradford South estate comprises of two relatively new facilities -the divisional
headquarters at Trafalgar House in the city centre and the four-storey Dudley Hill facility
which serves as a communication centre. In Toller ward the previous divisional head
quarters, Law Croft House are still occupied. The main police garage is located at Bolling
Road in the city centre.
There is cell provision at Trafalgar House and Airedale House, Keighley and this has
recently been expanded.
The police also have a small office at the Lynfield Mount Hospital and Bradford Royal
Infirmary which serve as a useful base when working at these locations.
At a district level the overall approach is to rationalise and create efficiencies across the
police force and deliver services at a more neighbourhood level. The Authority has a need to
find suitable bases for the Neighbourhood policing teams especially within the Bradford
South division.The move towards NPTs is seen as the appropriate mechanism to meet the
demands of future growth. Large-scale housing schemes ((e.g. Shipley-Canal Road
Corridor, Airedale Corridor, Esholt, Holmewood)) will require engagement with the police
force to ensure additional policing is delivered.
British Transport Police
The role and responsibilities of the British Transport Police is similar to that of the Home
Department police forces. The British Transport Police provide a police service on any land,
premises or property of any person who has entered into a Police Service Agreement made
under the relevant Act of Parliament. These premises etc. are mostly, but not entirely,
Network Rail and Train Operating Companies.
British Transport Police is a national police force which is divided into 8 Areas. The Area
which covers West Yorkshire is the North East Area. There is a Police Station at Leeds City
Station and a Police Station at Bradford Interchange Station.
Fire and Rescue service
The West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Authority is an independent body with a legal duty to
provide a fire and rescue service that meets the needs of local communities. It also has
responsibilities regarding the enforcement of fire prevention, petroleum and explosives
legislation.
172
West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Service serve a resident population of 2,125,000 and
provide an emergency response across 202,924 hectares. Their emergency response is
currently being provided from 34 whole-time fire stations and 14 retained (part-time) fire
stations, based within the five Districts of the county.
The service currently employs 1,514 wholetime firefighters, 196 part-time firefighters, 60
mobilisation and communication staff members and 343 fire and rescue (non-uniformed)
staff. The organisational management of the service generally aligns to the five district areas
within West Yorkshire, with Bradford & Airedale being one of these. Although the Authority is
co-terminus with respect to organisational divisions the catchment areas of fire stations often
spans across districts.
All 999 calls are received by a central control room at HQ in Birkenshaw, Bradford.
Appliances can then be mobilised from 49 fire stations. Each front-line fire engine is
equipped with state-of-the-art rescue equipment -- some are also geared up for heavy
rescue. There is also a fleet of specialist back-up appliances.
West Yorkshire firefighters are trained to cope with a whole range of emergencies, not just
fire. These include: road, rail or air crashes, floods, chemical spills and even terrorist attack.
As stated above, West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue operate 48 Fire Stations (10 located in
Bradford District), of which 32 are crewed day and night (wholetime), two are crewed in core
working hours and the remainder are crewed by retained fire fighters.
Figure: Fire Stations in West Yorkshire
173
Further details on the above fire stations are available by clicking on the link below:-
http://www.westyorksfire.gov.uk/aboutUs/au_stations.htm
The service’s other resources are:
• 63 Pumping / Rescue Appliances
• 6 aerial appliances
• 6 Demountable Unit carrying vehicles
• 15 Demountable Units
• 1 Command Support Unit
The table below lists the locations of fire stations that fall within Bradford district:
Whole time stations Retained
1. Bradford 1. Howarth
2. Keighley 2. Ilkley
3. Bingley 3. Silsden
4. Shipley
5. Idle
6. Fairweather Green
7. Odsal
Map: Fire risk areas across West Yorkshire
Across West Yorkshire and within Bradford, fire risk areas have been defined based around
catchments of existing fire stations. The low risk areas lie across most of the north-west of
the district with a stretch of high risk areas around Keighley. The city of Bradford is mostly a
174
very high risk zone. Areas to the north of the district are classed as medium risk. There is no
low or very low risk area within Bradford.
Fire Stations located in Bradford District are supported by neighbouring Fire Stations in
Craven, Leeds, Calderdale and Kirklees during major incidences and high demand periods.
The Bradford city centre fire station serves as the headquarters for the Bradford district and
is a relatively new facility that opened at Leeds Road in 2007. This facility houses some
administrative functions and has a community room available for use by the public and other
partners.
The Authority’s main headquarters is centrally based in Birkenshaw just outside the Bradford
district border and houses the support functions and the Control Centre.
Safety Central, a new centre of excellence facility was opened in Bramley, Leeds, (to the
east of Bradford) in October 2009 to provide conference, demonstration and training facilities
for the West Yorkshire area. The facilities are available for use by various community and
partnership agencies and organisations across West Yorkshire to promote safety awareness
and education.
The Fire Service states that the current operational capacity of the service is sufficient to
cater for Bradford District and its potential growth. The service’s district plan which covers
Bradford and Airedale district drives down its strategic and functional objectives to a local
level. The areas that are a focus for both preventative and responsive services tend to be
the densely populated, deprived areas of the district.
West Yorkshire Fire & Rescue Authority has no major plans for the estate in the District
apart from the proposal that the second fire engine at Silsden become a back-up
appliance based at Keighley Fire Station. The draft Integrated Risk Management Action Plan
(IRMP) 2012-13 also recommends building five new fire stations over a five year period and
moving appliances at one other fire station in 2012-13. These are the proposed changes by
the authority to combat the loss of up to £18 million in central government grants over the
next four years.
Co-locating fire stations with other services is challenging due to access requirements and
the scale of space required for manoeuvring and parking fire engines. The service is
however occasionally able to offer space to other partners, particularly ambulance and police
when they require an additional base to meet demands.
The Fire and Rescue Service also states that the scope to design out the risk of fire, with the
use of modern materials and design standards, helps to reduce the risk of fire and the
number of incidences the service responds to. To ensure incidences can be dealt with
promptly, all new buildings (of 280m2 or more) are required to be located within 90m of a fire
hydrant. The provision of fire hydrants is currently provided by the Fire and Rescue Service.
175
Ambulance Service
Yorkshire Ambulance Service NHS Trust (YAS) was formed on 1 July 2006 bringing
together South Yorkshire Ambulance Service, West Yorkshire Metropolitan Ambulance
Service and the North and East Yorkshire parts of Tees, East and North Yorkshire
Ambulance Service.
YAS covers approximately 6,000 square miles of varied terrain from isolated moors and
dales to urban areas, coastline to inner cities. The population of the area covered by the
service is approximately 5 million people.
The Trust employs approximately 4,200 staff, over 80% of which work on the frontline in
operational roles. The Trust also has a network of 1,500 community based volunteers who
are trained to provide immediate life saving treatment at certain emergencies, prior to the
arrival of an emergency vehicle.
Sixty-two ambulance stations service the county and accommodate the fleet of over 500
emergency and 460 patient transport vehicles. There are also nineteen hospital-based
patient reception centres.
Within the Bradford and Airedale region, there are three ambulance stations, one in
Bradford, Keighley and one close to the Leeds border in Menston. Bradford Ambulance
Station is well positioned but the site and facility is larger than required. It was built in the
1960s and is now incurring high maintenance costs. Keighley Ambulance Station is
strategically well placed and of the right size but the Menston station is no longer the ideal
location to best respond to emergency calls.
YAS also uses a number of locations as standby points across the county. There are three
standby points in the Bradford locality. These are locations where ambulances will be
stationed to ensure there is adequate coverage to achieve an eight-minute response time to
reach an emergency situation. It will be a fixed location where the ambulance crew wait
ready to respond to an emergency. These locations are often within shared facilities. After
the crews report to an ambulance stations to start their shift, they are dispatched to standby
points and await further instruction by the 999 communication centre. An ambulance crew
may also be instructed to wait in a number of deployment points within the city, which simply
consists of a lay-by.
A total of 24 more stand-by points are planned throughout Yorkshire in 2008/2009 to further
improve the speed of response to 999 calls.23
23 http://www.yas.nhs.uk/Media/PressReleases/2008/standsbytogettopatie.html
176
Figure: YAS standby points in Bradford
Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (2010)
There is also a standby point in Yeadon, within the district of Leeds which also deploys
ambulances to emergencies in the northern area of East Bradford. The map below shows
the areas of the city that are covered by these standby points.
Figure: Ambulance deployment points
Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (2010)
177
Outside of the densely populated city area, the ambulance station in Keighley deploys
response teams to emergencies within the Keighley vicinity and Menston would serve the
Ilkley area.
There is a Paramedic and Police scheme in place in Yorkshire, where four rapid response
vehicles are staffed by a paramedic and police officer. They work late night weekend and
bank holiday shifts and attend incidents such as drunkenness or domestic violence, where
both services are needed. There is also an Air Support Unit that operates out of Leeds
Bradford International Airport. This unit operates one aircraft, but further aircrafts could be
made available through the Northern Air Ambulance Support Group if required.
The current stations and the network of standby points provide a sufficient level of resource
for the District. If any incidence requires additional assistance, the Bradford stations are
supplemented by stations within Leeds, Craven, Calderdale and Kirklees. If demand
increased permanently, Bradford would seek to commission additional resources to meet
this demand through the Lead Commissioning arrangements.
The following map shows the area each ambulance station in Yorkshire covers within the
national eight minute response time target. It shows the majority of the District is covered for
a response time of 8 minutes by either a Bradford District or neighbouring Ambulance
Station.
Figure: Ambulance Stations in Yorkshire
178
There are two 999 communication centres operated by YAS. These centres, located in York
and Wakefield, has received approximately 725,349 urgent and emergency calls during
2010/11, and responded to a total of approximately 638,033 incidents.
The overall performance of the YAS in dealing with accident and emergency incidents is
however below the national average and does not meet the nationally set performance
targets. The Healthcare Commission continues to monitor YAS and envisages that
significant progress would be made in near future towards achieving the standards with
which YAS were not compliant in the previous years.
Training for YAS staff takes place at one of the Trust’s training schools in York, Doncaster
and Wakefield. Although these facilities have been outgrown, the Trust is reluctant to re-
provide these facilities as the training strategy is expected to change in around five years
time with it becoming a university-based qualification.
Cemeteries and crematoria
There are 67 sites classified under this typology cemeteries, churchyards and burial grounds
equating to 109 hectares of provision in Bradford.
Bradford Council provides cemeteries at:-
• Bingley
• Bowling
• Charlestown
• Clayton
• God’s Acre (Burley-in-Wharfedale)
• Haworth
• Ilkley
• Menston
• Morton
• Nab Wood
• North Bierley
• Oakworth
• Oxenhope
• Queensbury
• Scholemoor
• Silsden
• Stanbury
• Steeton
• Thornton
• Tong
• Utley
• Wilsden
• Windhill
Crematoria facilities are also provided at:-
• Scholemoor
• Nab Wood
• Oakworth
179
Figure: Cemeteries and crematoria facilities in Bradford
Source: Bradford District Open Space Assessment (2006)
Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping, based on all current
provision, shows that there are only a small number of gaps across the settlements of
Bradford in terms of cemeteries, churchyards and disused burial grounds. These are in the
Shipley and Keighley analysis areas, especially in Keighley. However, it is not considered
appropriate to consider covering these catchment gaps through extra provision of this
typology because of its nature.
The existing capacity within each of these cemeteries is detailed below. There is an average
in excess of 50 years supply available across the District, although this capacity is not evenly
distributed. It should be noted that Nab Wood cemetery will be at capacity by the summer of
2010 and this cemetery cannot be expanded leading to the residents of Shipley needing to
use alternative cemeteries. This will then in turn cause pressure points at these other
cemeteries reducing grave space more rapidly. Pressure will also be generated by the public
who may well be uncomfortable with the requirement to use cemeteries outside their
immediate locality. Consideration should be given to finding a new site in the Shipley area.
Table: Existing Capacity of District’s Cemeteries
Location Approx No of burials in
new graves per year
Current estimate
when full
Potential for
expansion
Bradford Area
Scholemoor 83 2019 YES
Council for Mosques 266 2013 YES
Queensbury 9 2061 + NO
Clayton 1 2061 + YES
North Bierley 50 2061 + NO
Bowling 80 2048 YES
HARROGATE
KIRKLEES
CALDERDALE
CRAVEN
LEEDS
PENDLE
QueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensburyQueensbury
Bradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ordBradf ord
ShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipleyShipley
DenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholmeDenholme
CullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworthCullingworth
WilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsdenWilsden
BingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingleyBingley
HardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHardenHarden
OxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhopeOxenhope
HaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworthHaworth
KeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighleyKeighley
SilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsdenSilsden
SteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteetonSteeton
MenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenstonMenston
Burley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleBurley in Wharf edaleIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkleyIlkley
AddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddinghamAddingham
BRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTHBRADFORD SOUTH
BRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTHBRADFORD NORTH
BRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WESTBRADFORD WEST
SHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEYSHIPLEY
KEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYKEIGHLEYBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildonBaildon
180
Thornton 9 2061 + Possible
TOTAL 498
Shipley Area
Nab Wood 52 2010 NO
Bingley 12 2050 YES
Charlestown 12 2061 + NO
Wilsden 3 2061 + Possible
Menston 3 2061 + YES
TOTAL 82
Keighley Area
Utley 35 2033 Yes
Oakworth 12 2034 Yes
Ilkley 20 2061 + No
Morton 16 2024 No
Hawworth 5 2061 + No
Stanbury 3 2061 + Possible
Steeton 3 2061 + No
Silsden (New) 5 2011 Yes
Oxenhope 5 2061 + Possible
TOTAL 104
Courts
Bradford Magistrates Court is located at The Tyrls, Bradford (Court number 2978). The
Magistrates Court is working as part of the Governments Community Justice Programme
and covers Criminal, Civil, Youth Court and Family Work.
There are proposals to relocated the Magistrates Court next to the Law Courts at Exchange
Square as part of the Bradford City Centre Regeneration proposals.
Bradford Law Courts (Combined Court Centre) is located at Exchange Square, Drake Street,
Bradford (Court number 141 , County Court number 141). The Law Courts covers Criminal,
Civil, Youth Court and Family Work, Divorce and Bankruptcy.
Prisons
There are no current prison facilities within the District, or any specific proposals or sites
identified for new prison development in Bradford District at present.
However, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) which incorporates HM
Prison Service have requested that the LDF include a criteria based policy to deal with a firm
prison proposal should it arise during the Plan period. The demand for such facilities will be
discussed with NOMS and used to update and inform this Plan.
181
The nearest prison facility is HM Prison Leeds, located in West Leeds at 2 Gloucester
Terrace, Stannngley Road, Armley, Leeds.
HMP Leeds is a category B local prison. It accepts all adult male prisoners from West
Yorkshire. It has an operational capacity of 1004 as of 1st January 2008
HM Prision Leeds has a total 551 cells spread across six residential units, a segregation unit
and in-patients Healthcare Facility.
ADD DETAILS OF HMP REQUIREMENTS FOR WEST YORKSHIRE
Hostels
There is an YHA Youth Hostel located at Longlands Drive, Lees Lane, Haworth, Keighley,
BD22 8RT.
There are 8 other hostels located in the district as follows:-
• The Blenheim Project 14, Oak Lane, Bradford, BD9 4PX
• Langley House Trust Box Tree Cottage, 110, Allerton Rd, Bradford, BD8 0AQ
• Wesley Housing Project Wesley Place, Halifax Rd, Keighley, BD21 5BB
• Bradford Cyrenians Ltd 255, Manningham Lane, Bradford, BD8 7EP
• Horton Housing Association 14, Oak Mount, Bradford, BD8 7BE
• Assisi House Project Assisi House, 847, Leeds Rd, Bradford, BD3 8BU
• Gingerbread Housing Project 56, Boldshay St, Bradford, BD3 0AJ
• Vicar Lane Hostel 65, Vicar Lane, Little Germany, Bradford, BD1 5AH
Places of worship
There are XX Places of Worship in Bradford District. The plan shows the current location of
Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Jewish, Sikh and Muslim places of worship within the District.
Once information on the level of use and other community services the places of worship
provide is available, it will be used to update and inform this Plan.
LIST THEM OR MAP THEM FROM THE LINK BELOW. BREAK THEM DOWN INTO CHRISTIAN, MUSLIM, JEWISH, SIKH, HINDU, BUDDIST, OTHER BD POST CODE http://www.yell.com/ucs/UcsSearchAction.do;jsessionid=6512E362751A06976EE1421FCBF5C3BC?keywords=Places+of+Worship&companyName=&location=bd&scrambleSeed=39580979&searchType=advance&M=&lastKeyword=Places+of+Worship&lastClarifyIndex=&lastClarifyOptions=&lastSearchall=&lastSearchallTax=&lastbandedclarifyResults=&bandedclarifyResults=&ssm=0 LS29 POST CODE http://www.yell.com/ucs/UcsSearchAction.do?keywords=Places+of+Worship&companyName=&location=LS29&scrambleSeed=17907614&searchType=advance&M=&lastKeyword=Pla
182
ces+of+Worship&lastClarifyIndex=&lastClarifyOptions=&lastSearchall=&lastSearchallTax=&lastbandedclarifyResults=&bandedclarifyResults=&ssm=0 7.0 Culture and Leisure
Museums/galleries Bradford District is home to some of the most exciting museums and galleries in Yorkshire.
From the Baroque splendour of Cartwright Hall Art Gallery to the intimacy of Ilkley's Manor
House Museum and Art Gallery, there is always something new to do or see, and admission
is free.
Specialist museums like Bradford Industrial Museum and Keighley's Cliffe Castle Museum
bring our District's history and heritage to life through ever-changing displays; while
interactive exhibits and family events at the Brackenhall Countryside centre help young
people learn to enjoy and respect the countryside.
The Councils Education team run regular workshops and special events with schools and
other groups, and will be delighted to help you make the most of your visit.
Many of the museums, galleries and community halls have rooms for hire for meetings and
special events - some are even licensed for marriages.
There are 8 museums and galleries managed by the Council within Bradford District:-
1. Bradford 1 Gallery 2. Cartwright Hall 3. Bradford Industrial Museum 4. Cliffe Castle 5. Manor House 6. Bolling Hall 7. Bracken Hall 8. Community Halls
• Bingley Arts Centre Main Street, Bingley, BD16 2LZ
• Denholme Mechanics Institute Main Road, Denholme, Bradford, BD13 4BL
• Harden Memorial Hall Wilsden Road, Harden, Bingley, BD16 1JP
• Holden Hall Colne Road, Oakworth, Keighley, BD22 7PB
• Ian Clough Hall Hall Cliffe, Baildon, BD17 6ND
• Kings Hall & Winter Garden Station Road, Ilkley, LS29 8HE
• Kirklands Community Centre 119 Main Street, Menston, Ilkley, LS29 6HT
• Queens Hall Main Street, Burley-In-Wharfedale, Ilkley, LS29 7BT
• Silsden Town Hall Kirkgate, Silsden, Keighley, BD20 0AJ
Bradford is also home to the National Media Museum as well as the following privately run
museums and galleries-
183
Figure: Location of Attractions in and around Bradford
Name and Location Type of attraction
• Saltaire Brewery & Visitor Centre, Saltaire Museum & Gallery
• Salts Mill Gallery, Saltaire Museum & Gallery
• Brontë Parsonage Museum, Haworth Museum & Gallery
• Keighley Bus Museum, Keighley Museum & Gallery
• Impressions Gallery, Bradford Museum & Gallery
• Gallery II, Bradford Museum & Gallery
• Colour Museum, Bradford Museum & Gallery
• Peace Museum, Bradford Museum & Gallery
• Museum of Reed Organs and Harmoniums, Shipley Museum & Gallery
• Ilkley Toy Museum, Ilkely Museum & Gallery
• Brontë Weaving Shed, Haworth Museum & Gallery
• East Riddlesden Hall, Keighley Historic House
• White Wells Spa Cottage, Ilkely Historic House Source: Bradford Destination Strategy, 2008
Theatres Bradford District is home to 4 theatres all located in Bradford City Centre close to public
transport interchanges and the road network. The first three of the list below are run by the
Council:-
1. St Georges Concert Hall
2. The Alhambra Theatre
3. The Alhambra Studio
4. The Priestley
184
ADD MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF THE THEATRES
Cinemas
In terms of cinemas, the district contains -
• 16 screen Cineworld at Leisure Lxchange, Vicar Lane, Bradford
• 13 screen Odeon at Gallacher Leisure Park, Thornbury, Bradford
• IMAX at The National Media Museum, Bradford
• 2 screen cinema at The Picture House, North Street, Keighley
The National Media Museum also houses two more cinemas, the Pictureville and Cubby
Broccoli, which regularly screens the best contemporary and classic films, and frequently
welcome guests from the cinema industry to talk about their work.
Ten Pin Bowling alleys, Casinos/Bingo Halls
10-pin bowling facilities in the District comprise Hollywood Bowl at Vicar Lane, Bradford (28
lanes), AMF Bowling at Keighley (20 lanes) and Go-Bowling at Shipley Lanes (12 lanes). In
addition to small and informal bingo clubs, large format bingo halls in the District include
Buckingham Bingo, Bradford Interchange; Mecca Bingo, Little Horton, Bradford; Gala Bingo,
Tong Street; Oxford Bingo, Dudley Hill Road, Bradford; and Gala Bingo, Alice Lane,
Keighley.
Sports and recreation facilities The current community strategy of the district is economy-led but it realises that sustainable
regeneration must go hand-in-hand with environmental improvements and real progress on
other issues such as education, sports, health, citizenship and community safety. The
council has recently commissioned a comprehensive and independent review of district wide
Sports and Recreation Facilities24 with an aim to produce a plan to establish strategies and
policies to protect, enhance and provide facilities in response to shortfalls or over provision,
both now and up to 2018. The report has identified the existing provision of sports and
recreation facilities across the district and highlighted the key issues faced by this sector.
In terms of existing provision the District contains a wide array of gyms, swimming pools and
health clubs, both in private membership and publicly run facilities. The followings are the
council-run Sports Centres and Swimming Pools in the Bradford District:
• Baildon Recreation Centre, Green Lane, Baildon, BD17 5JH
• Bingley Pool, Myrtle Place, Bingley, BD16 2LF
• Bowling Pool, Flockton Road, Bradford, BD4 7RY
• Doe Park Water Activities Centre, Foster Park View, Denholme, BD13 4LN
24 BMDC (2008). Sports and Recreation Facilities Assessment. Draft Report dated February 2008.
Strategic Leisure Limited.
185
• Eccleshill Pool, Harrogate Road, Bradford, BD10 0QE
• Grange Sports Centre, Haycliffe Lane,Bradford, BD5 9ET
• Greenhead Track, Greenhead Road, Utley, BD20 6ED
• Horsfall Stadium, Cemetery Road, Bradford, BD6 1JQ
• Ilkley Pool & Lido, Denton Road, Ilkley, LS29 0BZ
• The Leisure Centre, Victoria Park, Keighley, BD21 3JN
• Manningham Sports Centre & Pool, Carlisle Road, Bradford, BD8 8BA
• Marley Activities & Coaching Centre, Aireworth Road, Keighley, BD21 4DB
• Nab Wood Sports Centre, Cottingley New Road, Bingley, BD16 1TZ
• Queensbury Pool, Station Road, Queensbury, BD13 1AB
• Rhodesway Pool, Oaks Lane, Bradford, BD15 7RU
• Richard Dunn Sports Centre, Rooley Avenue, Bradford, BD6 1EZ
• Shipley Pool, Alexandra Road, Shipley, BD18 3ER
• Thornton Recreation Centre, Leaventhorpe Lane, Bradford, BD13 3BH
• Tong Sports Centre & Pool, Westgate Hill, Bradford, BD4 6NR
Apart from the above swimming pools and sports centres there are also a number of other
local facilities spread throughout the district. Some of the health and fitness centres
frequently visited by the residents are listed below-
• Fitness First (Westgate, Bradford / Horton Park Avenue, Bradford / Worth Way,
Keighley / Victoria Road, Eccleshill)
• Nuffield Health and Fitness, Cottingley New Road, Bingley
• Esporta, Gallagher Leisure Park, Thornbury
• Greens Health and Fitness, Fred Atkinson Way, Baildon
• Workouts, Oakworth Road, Keighley
• Bradford University Gym, Bradford
• Kents Leisure Centre, Undercliffe Road, Bradford
• Hi-Energy Dance, Health& Fitness Studio, Russell Street, Keighley
• Streamline Fitness, Park View Mills, Bradford
• Planet Fitness, Buttershaw Mills, Bradford
• Heaton Tennis & Squash Club, Crofton Road, Bradford
• We are not a Gym, Unit E1, Enterprise Way, Bradford
• Fitness Fusion, The Grove Promenade, Ilkley
• Bingley Grammar School Sports Centre, Keighley Road, Bingley
Although these facilities are generally widespread across the district, there appears to be
insufficient quality, fit for purpose facilities to meet the identified demand and provide
opportunities to increase and improve participation in sport and physical activity. There is
also an under provision of some fit for purpose facilities, particularly 25m pools across the
district which is exacerbated when the issue of accessibility is taken into account. A number
of facilities are located on school sites which provide for school use only and the policy for
community access is limited.
186
Table: Analysis of Supply and Demand of Sports and recreation Facilities in Bradford
Provision Type Current Level of Provision – m2
2008 Population SFC Demand – m2
Surplus/ Deficiency (+/-) against current
demand
Swimming Pools
All ‘Accessible’ Water Space 4,858.17 - 384.94
All Pools 25m + 3,699.55* -1,543.56
‘Accessible’ 25m + 2,898.3 - 2,344.81
All Pools 15m+ 5,388.84* + 145.73
‘Accessible’ Pools 15m+ 4,041.52
5,234.11
-1,201.59
Sports Halls
All Courts (4+)** 120 courts - 25 courts
‘Accessible’ (4+)** 78 courts 145
- 67 courts
Health and Fitness
Existing Actual Provision in Bradford
Existing Accessible Provision
Surplus/ Deficiency in Provision - Accessible Provision
Recommended Health and Fitness Provision (20+ stations) 20+
Stations 40+
Stations 20+
Stations 40+
Stations 20+
Stations 40+
Stations
1246 stations 1880 1664 831 732 -415 -514
* Ilkley Lido is excluded from ‘accessible’ provision given that it is seasonal provision **The analysis of supply and demand is based on 4 badminton court halls being the minimum acceptable ‘unit’ of provision.
Source: Bradford District Sports and Recreation Facilities Assessment, 2008
The Sports and Recreation Assessment report highlighted that swimming pool provision in
particular has suffered a lack of long term investment, with the exception of recent upgrades
to major facilities at Shipley Pool, Eccleshill Pool and Bowling Pool (as a key disability
facility), and since long-term management of many smaller pools are not financially
sustainable there is a need to develop a network of fewer, better quality facilities to meet
community needs. This will also increase the range of participative opportunities across the
community for individuals, clubs, schools’ use, etc, which is constrained in the smaller pools.
Sports Hall Provision is generally well provided for in quantitative terms, but there are issues
with accessibility. There is a slight deficiency to meet future demand for provision. This could
be met by the increased number of halls to be provided through BSF, providing that these
are available for community use and that the community hours identified in the BSF
framework for the district are implemented and managed appropriately to maximise
community accessibility.
Health and Fitness provision is also well provided for but there is a deficiency of ‘accessible’
provision overall. However, certain facilities such as the newly opened Bradford College’s
Trinity Green campus has made some differences in the community by making the facilities
accessible for them and particularly to target groups who may not currently use commercial
provision. The facilities include a 1,000 square metres sports hall, sports and fitness
laboratories, a fitness testing suite, two basketball courts, an aerobics and dance studio with
fully-sprung wooden floor and full size football pitch available to the community.
187
Bradford University recently has also spent almost £5m on improving the university’s Unique
Lifestyle and Fitness Centre which now will provide personalised health and wellbeing to the
wider community alongside the university staff and students. The centre, located on the
edge of the campus off Great Horton Road, is one of the largest and most up-to-date health
and fitness centres in the district. It features a new climbing wall, a 92-station gym, new
changing rooms and a swimming pool, as well as the latest state-of-the-art equipment fitted
by Life Fitness.
There are 2 main athletics facilities in the district- Horsfall Athletics Stadium and Greenhead
Track. These facilities meet the current standard but there are issues with quality and size of
the facilities to accommodate identified need. The new provision at Greenhead School
through the BSF programme will address the quality issues. If the Horsfall Playing Fields are
sold to support the development of Odsal Sports Village, the need to replace the Athletics
provision will be crucial otherwise there will be a deficit of provision across the district.
The assessment has also identified 15 synthetic turf pitches (STP) across the district
(consisting of 14 full size pitches and 2 x half-size) of varying quality and access. This
indicates an overall deficiency across the district against the Football Association recognised
standard. An increase in population and participation will further increase the demand for
these facilities in the future. STPs are well distributed across the district in terms of
accessibility, as indicated by the catchment areas (20 min drive). However, the majority of
provision is located in Bradford West. Possible deficiency in parts of Shipley area and
Bradford South for small sided games areas.
Known Planned and Proposed Facility Development in Bradford
There are a number of proposed and planned facility developments within the district which
are at varying levels of progression and are dependent on assessment of need, planning
provision and political will. The most prominent key known facility developments which would
impact upon the overall sporting ‘landscape’ for Bradford are described below:
• Odsal Sports Village: Odsal Sports Village is a priority of the Council for future
development within the Bradford South Area. Major redevelopment of the Odsal Site
currently the home of Bradford Bulls RLFC is proposed in order to provide new stadium
facilities for the Bulls and to provide modern fit for purpose community sport facilities that
meet the needs of the local population, wider district and region. There are a number of
factors that are linked to the concept of Odsal Sports Village, and particularly potential
developments within the South Bradford area, which will become part of the overall
sporting offer in the area. For this reason, the logical approach is to consider these
developments and link investment as part of one overall development, and as part of the
Sports Village concept.
Any redevelopment of the Odsal site will lead to the relocation of services from the
existing Richard Dunn Sports Centre.
188
• Shipley College: Shipley College is progressing with an application for 'In-principle
Support' (AiP) to the Learning & Skills Council for funding to build a new sports facility
near Frizinghall Railway Station adjacent Canal Road/Gaisby Lane.
At present the college is still looking at both sides of Gaisby Lane but King G V is the
preferred location. The College is working closely with ARUP, LSC and CBMDC
Regeneration on this project and hope to have the AiP complete by the end of March 08.
The provision is intended to be a fully accessible 'Sport England' 4 court sports hall with
ancillary accommodation plus 21st century classrooms and car parking. There will also
be a floodlit MACA (Multi Activity Community Area) facility. It is hoped the whole facility
will be accessible to the public in the evenings and weekends and cater for pupils’
demand (Mon-Fri during the day).
The College have also expressed interest in the potential management of the King
George V playing fields alongside the new facility and allow all users to benefit from the
new changing and wider range of facilities. It is intended that the whole Sports Sector
within the college will relocate to the new facility which will provide for the college needs
and reduce the dependence on the facilities the college currently uses (which includes
Victoria Hall, Marley and Baildon Recreation Centre).
• Leeds Road Sikh Community Centre: The Hindu Cultural Society of Bradford has
engaged in an ambitious project to build a new Hindu Temple and Community Centre on
Leeds Road, Bradford.
The existing Temple and Community Centre was established in a disused Social Club on
Leeds Road in the 1960s. This building is old and requires constant repair and is also
insufficient to meet the needs of the Society which has begun to develop an ambitious
project of a new Temple and Community Centre. These will be separate buildings that
will look like a single building. The design of Temple is intended to reflect the cultural and
religious heritage, but also reflect the architectural style of Bradford.
Plans for the Community Centre include sports facilities for football, badminton,
basketball and volleyball along with a stage and kitchen facilities. The Society hopes to
encourage other communities to get to share the cultural and religious heritage.
Work on the new Temple started in June 2007 and is now well underway. There are
plans to begin the second phase (the Community and Sports Centre) next year
depending upon available funding.
• The Lighthouse Group: The Lighthouse Group's centre in Bradford serves the
Bradford/ Leeds area, as well as being the organisation's head office. The Bradford
Centre has three departments delivering an integrated service for young people. A
proposed Centre of Excellence on Trevor Foster Way in West Bowling is designed to
189
provide education & training to disaffected young people aged 13 to 19 from across the
region, primarily the Bradford district.
The facilities will include a four badminton court sports hall, a small fitness gym and
changing rooms. All are being built to the Sport England specification and are therefore
including disability access. The sports facilities will be an integrated part of the daytime
education and training and will be utilised in afterschool and holiday activities with this
client group. The Lighthouse Group anticipate making the facilities available to partner
organisations beyond these times and a business plan is being developed. Completion is
expected before the end of March 2008.
The project is funded through a loan (£1.8m), ERDF (£1.6m) and the Lighthouse Group
funds from the sale of current buildings (£1m), plus a few smaller grants. £50k private
investment is also required in order to access National Sports Foundation funding.
Festivals and town centre programmes
There are more than 200 festivals and events programmed to be celebrated across the
district from January 2009 and December 2010. The Bradford events calendar, which could
be accessed through the www.visitbradford.com website, shows a comprehensive list of all
the current and future events planned for the district. This ranges from classical music
concerts to film festivals celebrating bradford’s newly gained the World’s First ‘City of Film’
status and art exhibitions to vintage car exhibitions.
Most of the major events and festivals are organised throughout the summer months e.g.
Bradford Mela, Bingley Music Live, Ilkley Literature Festival, Bingley Show and Bradford city
centre events. Events traditionally held in the winter months include a Victorian Fayre and a
Christmas Carol Service.
Bradford is also well-known for its three film festivals including the Bradford Film Festival
(March), Bite the Mango (September) and the Bradford Animation Festival (November)
which are organised by the National Media Museum.
Other highlights include the Ilkley Summer Festival, the Saltaire Festival and Christmas
events in Haworth.
The events in Bradford with the highest profile include:
• Bingley Music Live: is the largest music event in the District. The 3 day music festival
attracts 40,000 visitors to the area each year in early September. The festival has grown
over the past few years and now attracts well respected artists from the national festival
circuit.
• Bradford Mela: usually held over a weekend in June, the Bradford Mela has been running
since 1989 and attracts up to 140,000 people annually. It provides an opportunity for the
local community to come together to share and celebrate their culture. Events include
190
markets, bazaars, international food stalls, art, crafts, educational ‘zones’ and traditional and
contemporary music, dance and theatre.
• Bradford International Film Festival: first festival was held in 1995. The event showcases
classic films as well as works of new and up-coming European directors.
• Bite the Mango: initially conceived as a showcase for black and Asian filmmakers in Britain,
it now attracts cinema from Africa, South Asia, Central America and the Far East. It
showcases a mix of feature films, documentaries, shorts, masterclasses and seminars.
• Bradford Animation Festival: UK’s longest running and biggest animation festival which
includes talks, workshops and the annual BAF awards celebrating best in new animation
from around the world.
• Bradford International Market: Held in 2004 and 2006 in the city centre with stallholders
from many countries and extensive entertainments. In 2006, the event is estimated to have
attracted 700,000 visitors from across the region and generated revenue of over £9 million.
• Bradford Classic: Vintage vehicles on display in the city centre. In 2006 it was held in
Centenary Square, 120 cars were displayed and 6,000 people attended the show.
There is increasing use of the Big Screen in Centenary Square to attract audiences and
people downtown for example for televised concerts and opera. The Council owns the
screen.
Markets Bradford Council manages markets in the following locations:-
Indoor
Kirkgate Market, Bradford: Located in the Kirkgate Centre, this shopping hall sells a wide
range of commodity from fancy goods to footwear and designer jeans to duvets all usually at
lower prices than high street retailers.
The market is open: Mon, Tues, Thur, Fri and Sat 9am - 5pm and Wed 9am - 3pm.
Oastler Shopping Centre: This venue is located off Westgate in the City's Northern
Quarter. A newly created food hall offers quality fish, meat and fresh fruit and vegetables
from all over the world. The centre has lift access from the adjacent car park, shop mobility
facilities and nine cafes and food outlets.
Keighley Market: Located in the centre of Keighley, the Market has long tradition of being a
colourful and lively shopping destination with quality food retailers to the latest in fashion,
jewellery, materials, homeware and more. It's easily accessible by public transport or via car.
191
The market is open: Mon, Wed, Thurs, Fri and Sat 8.30am – 5pm; Tues 8.30am – 2pm
Wholesale
St James Market: St. James Wholesale Market is located on a six-acre site off the A650
Wakefield Road, Bradford. It is easily accessible from the city centre and only minutes away
from the motorway links to the M62, M1, etc.
Ample parking is provided for buyers in the main hall where the bulk of the selling takes
place. A wide range of fresh fruit and vegetables, exotic produce and flowers are available.
In response to demand, the product range has been extended in recent years to include pre-
packed supplies to cater for restaurant owners.
The market is open from 5.00am - 11.00am Monday - Friday and from 5.00am - 9.30am on
Saturday
Outdoor
Shipley Market: Shipley Open Market provides a focal point to the town centre; the open
market operates on a Monday selling a great selection of second-hand items and bric-a-
brac. On a Friday and Saturday, a wide selection of miscellaneous goods and fresh food
products are available on over 40 stalls.
Opening time: Monday (second hand) 9.30am - 4.30pm; Friday 9.30am - 4.30pm; Saturday
9.30am - 4.30pm
Bingley Market: Bingley Open Market now trades on the newly refurbished Town Square
with 36 stalls featuring Fresh Bread, Fish, Meat and Game, Fresh Fruit & Vegetables,
Flowers & Plants, Shoes and much more.
Opening time: Wednesday 8.30am - 4.30pm; Friday 8.30am - 4.30pm; Saturday 8.30am -
4.30pm
Table: Number and Types of Stalls in Bradford Markets
Keighley Market
Kirkgate Bradford
Oastler Bradford
St James Market
Shipley Market
Bingley Market
Type Of Stalls ** Total
Adult clothing - Ladies/Mens 4 3 0 7
Adult clothing ladies 5 10 0 15
Bakers and Confectioners 1 0 0 0 1
Books and Stationery 1 1 2 0 4
Butcher 7 0 6 0 13
Car accessories 0 1 0 0 1
Charity Shop 0 0 1 0 1
Café/Takeaway 3 5 10 0 18
Childrens wear 3 3 2 0 8
China and Ceramics 1 0 0 0
(No details of stalls)
(No details of stalls)
1
192
Clothing and shoe repair 1 0 2 0 3
Computer Services 0 0 1 0 1
Cosmetics and perfumes 1 2 1 0 4
Cosmetics / Household goods
0 0 1 0 1
Crafts 3 0 0 0 3
Electrical household goods 1 1 2 0 4
Fish 0 0 1 1 2
Footwear 1 4 2 0 7
Fruit and vegetables 1 1 5 1 8
Frozen Foods 0 0 2 0 2
Furniture / Carpets 0 0 2 0 2
General foods 0 2 7 4 13
Greeting cards 1 2 0 0 3
Haberdashery 2 0 2 0 4
Hair products 0 1 0 0 1
Hair dressers and hairproducts
0 1 1 0 2
Home entertainment 0 1 1 0 2
Household textiles 2 2 2 0 6
Jewellery 2 3 5 0 10
Jokes and novelties 0 1 0 0 1
Key Cutting 0 0 1 0 1
Kitchenware 0 1 0 0 1
Leather goods 1 1 1 0 3
Lighting 1 0 0 0 1
Lingerie 1 1 1 0 3
Mobile phones 1 1 2 0 4
Nail/beauty 1 1 1 0 3
Newsagent 1 0 2 0 3
Optician 0 0 2 0 2
Pets and pet supplies 2 1 0 0 3
Picture and picture framing 1 0 1 0 2
Printing services 0 1 0 0 1
Second Hand / Bric-A-Brac 0 0 2 0 2
Services 0 1 5 2 8
Startup Units 0 0 1 0 1
Superintendents office 1 0 1 0 2
Sweets and confectionery 1 0 0 0 1
Toys 0 2 2 0 4
Underwear 0 0 1 0 1
Wholesale Fruit & Vegetables
0 0 0 21 21
Wholesale Paper & Packaging
0 0 0 3 3
Wholesale Plants & Flowers 0 0 0 1 1
Total 46 49 91 33 40+ 36
Total Market Stalls 295*
* This accounts for 40 stalls at Shipley Outdoor Market.
** These totals do not include any of the outdoor markets stalls as a breakdown is not available.
Source: http://www.bradfordmarkets.com/index.php
193
Food stores
According to the Bradford District Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008) supermarkets
within the district cater for almost two-third (72%) of the main food shopping done by the
district’s residents. The district is well represented by a number of supermarkets ranging
from the branches of all main national multiples to locally developed chain food stores.
Tesco has traditionally dominated the grocery sector in the UK and so has in Bradford with
by far the largest market share (49%) of all main food shopping trips. Asda, Morrisons and
Sainsbury are also well represented throughout the district operating mainly from the town
and district centres. Branches of Netto, Lidl and Aldi are also concentrated in and around
the main urban areas of the district. On the other hand Co-op convenience stores have a
much wider reach than any other supermarkets with their branches located in many rural
areas of the district including local and village centres.
Figure: Locations of all major supermarkets within Bradford
Source: Bradford Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008) The table below provides a list of supermarkets located within the city, town and district centres of the district.
Table: Supermarkets in City, Town and District Centres
Bradford City Centre
• Morrisons, Westgate
• Marks and Spencer, Darley Street
Bingley Town Centre
• Co-op, Myrtle Walk, Bingley
Ilkley Town Centre
• Tesco, Springs Lane, Ilkley
• Booths, Ilkley
• Co-op Late Shops, Brook Street, Ilkley
194
• Marks and Spencer, Station Road, Ilkley
Keighley Town Centre
• Morrisons, Worth Way, Keighley
• Sainsburys, Cavendish Street, Keighley
• Asda, Bingley Street, Keighley
• Aldi, Gresley Road, Keighley
• Netto, Keighley
• Marks and Spencer, Low Street, Keighley
• Iceland, Gresley Road, Keighley
• Farmfoods, Cooke Lane, Keighley
Shipley Town Centre
• ASDA, Manor Lane, Shipley
• Aldi, Tony Miller Approach, Briggate, Shipley
• Co-op Late Shops, Wrose Road, Shipley
District Centres
• Five Lane Ends- Morrissons, Enterprise 5, 275 Bradford Road, Idle.
• Girlington- Morrissons, Victoria Shopping Centre, Young Street.
• Greaton Horton- Tesco Extra,
• Greengates- Sainsbury, 760 Harrogate Road.
• Mayo Avenue- Morrissons, 110 Mayo Avenue.
• Thornbury- Morrissons, Rushton Avenue.
• Tong Street- Netto, Oasby Croft, off Tong Street.
Source: Bradford Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008)
All the district centres in Bradford has at least one supermarket serving the catchment. The
only local centre to attract any significant proportion of main food shopping trips is
Buttershaw, which contains a large-format Tesco. Apart from these, the other important free-
standing stores include Asda at Rooley Lane and Tesco at the Peel Centre, Valley Road. In
terms of foodstore outside the district, the Morrisons at Otley Road, Guiseley (Leeds
authority area) is appear to be the most popular to the resident of the district.
195
3. NEXT STEPS This report has been deliberately left in ‘Draft’ and will be supplemented with additional
information during the course of the preparation of the Core Strategy. As part of the ongoing
consultation process, this report is made publicly available for statutory consultees and other
consultees for comment and review.
The next stage of the Local Infrastructure Plan will involve an assessment of what
infrastructure will be required to support development within the District over the Plan period.
This will be undertaken via the Local Infrastructure Delivery Plan.
This will require joint working with key partners including external organisations as the
implementation of solutions often falls to an agency other than the local planning authority.
The Local Infrastructure Plan will aid all parties to identify and prioritise infrastructure
provision as part of an integrated approach to planning and infrastructure development and
delivery. This will ensure services can match demand and that growth is sustainable.
The framework to be produced and to be incorporated into the Core Strategy will give a clear
steer on who is responsible for implementing policies and proposals, by when and the
resources that will be required. This approach will give greater confidence in the
deliverability of the LDF for Bradford District.
196
Appendix 1: Bradford Waste Transfer and Landfill Facilities Location Maps
2.1 Current transfer from Bradford to Welbeck landfill
197
2.2 Current transfer from Keighley to Skibden landfill
198
2.3 Household waste recycling centres and recycling drop-off points
199
2.4 Municipal waste transfer stations in Bradford and Keighley
200
Appendix 2: List of Scheduled Monuments in the Bradford District
201
202
203
204
205
Appendix 3: List of schools in Bradford
Catholic primary and secondary schools
1. Our Lady & St Brendan's Catholic Primary School
2. Our Lady of Victories Catholic Primary School
3. St Anne's Catholic Primary School
4. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Clayton)
5. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Shipley)
6. St Clare's Catholic Primary School
7. St Columba's Catholic Primary School
8. St Cuthbert & the First Martyrs' Catholic Primary School
9. St Francis' Catholic Primary School
10. St John the Evangelist Catholic Primary School
11. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Keighley)
12. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bingley)
13. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bradford)
14. St Mary's Catholic Primary School
15. St Matthew's Catholic Primary School
16. St Peter's Catholic Primary School
17. St Walburga's Catholic Primary School
18. St William's Catholic Primary School
19. St Winefride's Catholic Primary School
20. The Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
21. St Bede's Catholic Grammar School
22. St Joseph's Catholic College
23. The Holy Family Catholic School
24. Yorkshire Martyrs Catholic College
CofE primary and secondary schools
1. All Saints' CE Primary School (Bradford)
2. All Saints' CE Primary School (Ilkley)
3. Baildon CE Primary School
4. Burley and Woodhead CE Primary School
5. Clayton CE Primary School
6. East Morton CE Primary School
7. Heaton St Barnabas' CE Primary School
8. Hill Top CE Primary School
9. Idle CE Primary School
10. Keighley St Andrew's CE Primary School
11. Low Moor CE Primary School
12. Oxenhope CE Primary School
13. Princeville Primary School
14. Riddlesden St Mary's CE Primary School
15. Shipley CE Primary School
16. St John's CE Primary School
17. St Luke's CE Primary School
18. St Matthew's CE Primary School
19. St Oswald's CE Primary School
20. St Paul's CE Primary School
21. St Philip's CE Primary School
22. St Stephen's CE Primary School
23. Trinity All Saints CE Primary School
206
24. Westminster CE Primary School
25. Windhill CE Primary School
26. Woodlands CE Primary School
27. Wycliffe CE Primary School
28. Immanuel CE Community College
Muslim secondary schools
1. Feversham College
Foundation schools
1. Foxhill Primary School
2. Hill Top CE Primary School
3. Hollingwood Primary School
4. Keelham Primary School
5. Killinghall Primary School
6. Myrtle Park Primary School
7. Oakworth Primary School
8. Russell Hall School
9. St John's CE Primary School
10. Hanson School
11. Laisterdyke Business & Enterprise College
12. Oakbank School
13. Thornton Grammar School
Specialist schools
1. Strong Close Nursery School
2. All Saints' CE Primary School (Ilkley)
3. Burley and Woodhead CE Primary School
4. Eldwick Primary School
5. Girlington Primary School
6. Newby Primary School
7. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bingley)
8. The Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
9. Beckfoot School
10. Belle Vue Girls' School
11. Bingley Grammar School
12. Challenge College
13. Grange Technology College
14. Hanson School
15. Laisterdyke Business & Enterprise College
16. Oakbank School
17. Parkside School
18. Queensbury School
19. Rhodesway School
20. Salt Grammar School
21. St Bede's Catholic Grammar School
22. St Joseph's Catholic College
23. The Holy Family Catholic School
24. Thornton Grammar School
25. Tong School
26. Yorkshire Martyrs Catholic College
27. Lister Lane Special School
State special schools
1. Bolling Special School
207
2. Braithwaite Special School
3. Branshaw Special School
4. Chapel Grange Special School
5. Greenfield Special School
6. Haycliffe Special School
7. Heaton Royds Special School
8. Lister Lane Special School
9. Netherlands Avenue School and Community Nursery
10. Thorn Park School for Deaf Children
11. Wedgwood School and Community Nursery
Voluntary aided schools
1. Baildon CE Primary School
2. Heaton St Barnabas' CE Primary School
3. Idle CE Primary School
4. Keighley St Andrew's CE Primary School
5. Our Lady & St Brendan's Catholic Primary School
6. Our Lady of Victories Catholic Primary School
7. Oxenhope CE Primary School
8. Riddlesden St Mary's CE Primary School
9. Shipley CE Primary School
10. St Anne's Catholic Primary School
11. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Clayton)
12. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Shipley)
13. St Clare's Catholic Primary School
14. St Columba's Catholic Primary School
15. St Cuthbert & the First Martyrs' Catholic Primary School
16. St Francis' Catholic Primary School
17. St John the Evangelist Catholic Primary School
18. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Keighley)
19. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bingley)
20. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bradford)
21. St Mary's Catholic Primary School
22. St Matthew's Catholic Primary School
23. St Oswald's CE Primary School
24. St Paul's CE Primary School
25. St Peter's Catholic Primary School
26. St Stephen's CE Primary School
27. St Walburga's Catholic Primary School
28. St William's Catholic Primary School
29. St Winefride's Catholic Primary School
30. The Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
31. Trinity All Saints CE Primary School
32. Bingley Grammar School
33. Bradford Cathedral Community College
34. Feversham College
35. Immanuel CE Community College
36. St Bede's Catholic Grammar School
37. St Joseph's Catholic College
38. The Holy Family Catholic School
39. Yorkshire Martyrs Catholic College
Voluntary controlled schools
208
1. All Saints' CE Primary School (Bradford)
2. All Saints' CE Primary School (Ilkley)
3. Burley and Woodhead CE Primary School
4. Clayton CE Primary School
5. East Morton CE Primary School
6. Low Moor CE Primary School
7. St James' Church Primary School
8. St Luke's CE Primary School
9. St Matthew's CE Primary School
10. St Philip's CE Primary School
11. Westminster CE Primary School
12. Windhill CE Primary School
13. Woodlands CE Primary School
14. Wycliffe CE Primary School
15. Ilkley Grammar School
State nursery schools
1. Abbey Green Nursery School
2. Canterbury Children's Centre
3. Hirst Wood Nursery School
4. Lilycroft Nursery School
5. Midland Road Nursery School
6. St Edmund's Nursery School
7. Strong Close Nursery School
State primary schools
1. Addingham Primary School
2. Aire View Infant School
3. All Saints' CE Primary School (Bradford)
4. All Saints' CE Primary School (Ilkley)
5. Allerton Primary School
6. Ashlands Primary School
7. Atlas Primary School
8. Baildon CE Primary School
9. Bankfoot Primary School
10. Barkerend Primary School
11. Ben Rhydding Primary School
12. Blakehill Primary School
13. Bowling Park Primary School
14. Brackenhill Primary School
15. Bradford Moor Community Primary School
16. Burley and Woodhead CE Primary School
17. Burley Oaks Primary School
18. Buttershaw Primary School
19. Byron Primary School
20. Carrwood Primary School
21. Cavendish Primary School
22. Clayton CE Primary School
23. Clayton Village Primary School
24. Cooper Lane Primary School
25. Copthorne Primary School
26. Cottingley Village Primary School
27. Crossflatts Primary School
209
28. Crossley Hall Primary School
29. Cullingworth Primary School
30. Denholme Primary School
31. East Morton CE Primary School
32. Eastburn Junior and Infant School
33. Eastwood Primary School
34. Eldwick Primary School
35. Fagley Primary School
36. Farnham Primary School
37. Fearnville Primary School
38. Feversham Primary School
39. Foxhill Primary School
40. Frizinghall Primary School
41. Girlington Primary School
42. Glenaire Primary School
43. Grange Road Primary School
44. Green Lane Primary School
45. Greengates Primary School
46. Grove House Primary School
47. Guard House Primary School
48. Harden Primary School
49. Haworth Primary School
50. Heaton Primary School
51. Heaton St Barnabas' CE Primary School
52. High Crags Primary School
53. High Fernley Primary School
54. Hill Top CE Primary School
55. Hollingwood Primary School
56. Holybrook Primary School
57. Holycroft Primary School
58. Horton Park Primary School
59. Hothfield Junior School
60. Hoyle Court Primary School
61. Idle CE Primary School
62. Ingrow Primary School
63. Iqra Community Primary School
64. Keelham Primary School
65. Keighley St Andrew's CE Primary School
66. Killinghall Primary School
67. Knowleswood Primary School
68. Lapage Primary School
69. Laycock Primary School
70. Lees Primary School
71. Ley Top Primary School
72. Lidget Green Primary School
73. Lilycroft Primary School
74. Lister Primary School
75. Long Lee Primary School
76. Low Ash Primary School
77. Low Moor CE Primary School
78. Lower Fields Primary School
210
79. Margaret McMillan Primary School
80. Marshfield Primary School
81. Menston Primary School
82. Miriam Lord Community Primary School
83. Myrtle Park Primary School
84. Nessfield Primary School
85. Newby Primary School
86. Newhall Park Primary School
87. Oakworth Primary School
88. Oldfield Primary School
89. Our Lady & St Brendan's Catholic Primary School
90. Our Lady of Victories Catholic Primary School
91. Oxenhope CE Primary School
92. Parkland Primary School
93. Parkwood Primary School
94. Peel Park Primary School
95. Poplars Farm Primary School
96. Priestthorpe Primary School
97. Princeville Primary School
98. Reevy Hill Primary School
99. Riddlesden St Mary's CE Primary School
100. Russell Hall School
101. Ryecroft Primary School
102. Saltaire Primary School
103. Sandal Primary School
104. Sandy Lane Primary School
105. Shibden Head Primary School
106. Shipley CE Primary School
107. Shirley Manor Primary School
108. Southmere Primary School
109. Springwood Community Primary School
110. St Anne's Catholic Primary School
111. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Clayton)
112. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Shipley)
113. St Clare's Catholic Primary School
114. St Columba's Catholic Primary School
115. St Cuthbert & the First Martyrs' Catholic Primary School
116. St Francis' Catholic Primary School
117. St James' Church Primary School
118. St John the Evangelist Catholic Primary School
119. St John's CE Primary School
120. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Keighley)
121. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bingley)
122. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bradford)
123. St Luke's CE Primary School
124. St Mary's Catholic Primary School
125. St Matthew's Catholic Primary School
126. St Matthew's CE Primary School
127. St Oswald's CE Primary School
128. St Paul's CE Primary School
129. St Peter's Catholic Primary School
211
130. St Philip's CE Primary School
131. St Stephen's CE Primary School
132. St Walburga's Catholic Primary School
133. St William's Catholic Primary School
134. St Winefride's Catholic Primary School
135. Stanbury Village School
136. Steeton Primary School
137. Stocks Lane Primary School
138. Swain House Primary School
139. Thackley Primary School
140. The Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
141. Thornbury Primary School
142. Thornton Primary School
143. Thorpe Primary School
144. Trinity All Saints CE Primary School
145. Usher Street Primary School
146. Victoria Primary School
147. Wellington Primary School
148. Westbourne Primary School
149. Westminster CE Primary School
150. Westwood Park Primary School
151. Whetley Primary School
152. Wibsey Primary School
153. Wilsden Primary School
154. Windhill CE Primary School
155. Woodlands CE Primary School
156. Woodside Primary School
157. Worth Valley Primary School
158. Worthinghead Primary School
159. Wycliffe CE Primary School
State secondary schools
1. Beckfoot School
2. Belle Vue Boys' School
3. Belle Vue Girls' School
4. Bingley Grammar School
5. Bradford Cathedral Community College
6. Buttershaw High School
7. Carlton Bolling College
8. Challenge College
9. Feversham College
10. Grange Technology College
11. Greenhead High School
12. Hanson School
13. Ilkley Grammar School
14. Immanuel CE Community College
15. Laisterdyke Business & Enterprise College
16. Nab Wood Grammar School
17. Oakbank School
18. Parkside School
19. Queensbury School
20. Rhodesway School
212
21. Salt Grammar School
22. St Bede's Catholic Grammar School
23. St Joseph's Catholic College
24. The Holy Family Catholic School
25. Thornton Grammar School
26. Tong School
27. Wyke Manor & Community College
28. Yorkshire Martyrs Catholic College
Appendix 4: Phase 1 and 2 Children’s Centres in the Bradford district.
213
214
Produced by the City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council
Local Development Framework Group
